Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in gcc
      1   1.1  mrg /* Target hook definitions.
      2  1.11  mrg    Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3   1.1  mrg 
      4   1.1  mrg    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
      5   1.1  mrg    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
      6   1.1  mrg    Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
      7   1.1  mrg    later version.
      8   1.1  mrg 
      9   1.1  mrg    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     10   1.1  mrg    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     11   1.1  mrg    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     12   1.1  mrg    GNU General Public License for more details.
     13   1.1  mrg 
     14   1.1  mrg    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     15   1.1  mrg    along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
     16   1.1  mrg    <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
     17   1.1  mrg 
     18   1.1  mrg    In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
     19   1.1  mrg    You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
     20   1.1  mrg    what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!  */
     21   1.1  mrg 
     22   1.1  mrg /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
     23   1.1  mrg    provided by the including file, and how to use them here.  */
     24   1.1  mrg #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
     25   1.1  mrg 
     26   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_TYPE
     27   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
     28   1.1  mrg 
     29   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
     30   1.1  mrg 
     31   1.1  mrg /* Functions that output assembler for the target.  */
     32   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
     33   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
     34   1.1  mrg 
     35   1.1  mrg /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.  */
     36   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
     37   1.1  mrg (open_paren,
     38   1.3  mrg  "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
     39   1.3  mrg assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions.  If not overridden, they\n\
     40   1.3  mrg default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
     41   1.1  mrg  const char *, "(")
     42   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
     43   1.1  mrg 
     44   1.1  mrg /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.  */
     45   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
     46   1.1  mrg (byte_op,
     47   1.3  mrg  "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
     48   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
     49   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
     50   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
     51   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
     52   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
     53   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
     54   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
     55   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
     56   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
     57   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
     58   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
     59   1.8  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
     60   1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
     61   1.3  mrg These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
     62   1.3  mrg of integer object.  The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
     63   1.3  mrg byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
     64   1.3  mrg aligned two-byte object, and so on.  Any of the hooks may be\n\
     65   1.3  mrg @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
     66   1.3  mrg \n\
     67   1.3  mrg The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
     68   1.3  mrg followed immediately by the object's initial value.  In most cases,\n\
     69   1.3  mrg the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
     70   1.1  mrg  const char *, "\t.byte\t")
     71   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
     72   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
     73   1.1  mrg 
     74   1.1  mrg /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
     75   1.1  mrg    value is given by X.  SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
     76   1.1  mrg    ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned.  Return true if
     77   1.1  mrg    successful.  Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
     78   1.1  mrg    and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.  */
     79   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
     80   1.1  mrg (integer,
     81   1.3  mrg  "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
     82   1.3  mrg integer object.  @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
     83   1.3  mrg in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned.  The\n\
     84   1.3  mrg function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
     85   1.3  mrg object.  If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
     86   1.3  mrg split the object into smaller parts.\n\
     87   1.3  mrg \n\
     88   1.3  mrg The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
     89   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
     90   1.3  mrg when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
     91   1.1  mrg  /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
     92   1.1  mrg     NULL.  */
     93   1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
     94   1.1  mrg  default_assemble_integer)
     95   1.1  mrg 
     96   1.8  mrg /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label.  */
     97   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
     98   1.8  mrg (post_cfi_startproc,
     99   1.8  mrg   "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
    100   1.8  mrg after the .cfi_startproc directive.  The first argument is the file stream to\n\
    101   1.8  mrg write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration.  The\n\
    102   1.8  mrg expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
    103   1.8  mrg \n\
    104   1.8  mrg The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
    105   1.8  mrg   void, (FILE *, tree),
    106   1.8  mrg   hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
    107   1.8  mrg 
    108   1.3  mrg /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
    109   1.3  mrg    decl.  */
    110   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
    111   1.3  mrg (decl_end,
    112   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
    113   1.3  mrg terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
    114   1.3  mrg  void, (void),
    115   1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
    116   1.3  mrg 
    117   1.1  mrg /* Output code that will globalize a label.  */
    118   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    119   1.1  mrg (globalize_label,
    120   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    121   1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
    122   1.3  mrg that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
    123   1.3  mrg \n\
    124   1.3  mrg The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
    125   1.3  mrg @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
    126   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
    127   1.1  mrg  default_globalize_label)
    128   1.1  mrg 
    129   1.1  mrg /* Output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
    130   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    131   1.1  mrg (globalize_decl_name,
    132   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    133   1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
    134   1.3  mrg global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
    135   1.3  mrg \n\
    136   1.3  mrg The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
    137   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
    138   1.1  mrg 
    139   1.3  mrg /* Output code that will declare an external variable.  */
    140   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
    141   1.3  mrg (assemble_undefined_decl,
    142   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    143   1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
    144   1.3  mrg @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit.  Most\n\
    145   1.3  mrg assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
    146   1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
    147   1.3  mrg  hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
    148   1.3  mrg 
    149   1.1  mrg /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
    150   1.1  mrg    target requires such labels.  Second argument is the decl the
    151   1.1  mrg    unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
    152   1.1  mrg    this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
    153   1.1  mrg    this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.  */
    154   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    155   1.1  mrg (emit_unwind_label,
    156   1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@.  It\n\
    157   1.3  mrg should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
    158   1.3  mrg should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
    159   1.3  mrg function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
    160   1.3  mrg The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
    161   1.3  mrg exception table.  The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
    162   1.3  mrg true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
    163   1.3  mrg \n\
    164   1.3  mrg The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
    165   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
    166   1.1  mrg  default_emit_unwind_label)
    167   1.1  mrg 
    168   1.1  mrg /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.  */
    169   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    170   1.1  mrg (emit_except_table_label,
    171   1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
    172   1.3  mrg It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
    173   1.3  mrg to be broken up according to function.\n\
    174   1.3  mrg \n\
    175   1.3  mrg The default is that no label is emitted.",
    176   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream),
    177   1.1  mrg  default_emit_except_table_label)
    178   1.1  mrg 
    179   1.1  mrg /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.  */
    180   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    181   1.1  mrg (emit_except_personality,
    182  1.11  mrg  "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
    183  1.11  mrg used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
    184  1.11  mrg info.  This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
    185   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx personality),
    186   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    187   1.1  mrg 
    188  1.11  mrg /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
    189  1.11  mrg    indirection.  This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives.  */
    190  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
    191  1.11  mrg (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
    192  1.11  mrg  "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
    193  1.11  mrg The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
    194  1.11  mrg the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
    195  1.11  mrg  rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
    196  1.11  mrg  NULL)
    197  1.11  mrg 
    198   1.1  mrg /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.  */
    199   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    200   1.1  mrg (unwind_emit,
    201   1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
    202   1.3  mrg given instruction.  This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
    203   1.3  mrg returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
    204   1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
    205   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    206   1.1  mrg 
    207   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    208   1.1  mrg (unwind_emit_before_insn,
    209  1.11  mrg  "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
    210  1.11  mrg the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
    211  1.11  mrg be called afterward.",
    212   1.1  mrg  bool, true)
    213   1.1  mrg 
    214   1.9  mrg /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
    215   1.9  mrg    frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode.  */
    216   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
    217   1.9  mrg (should_restore_cfa_state,
    218  1.11  mrg  "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
    219  1.11  mrg restore of register state.  GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
    220  1.11  mrg separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
    221  1.11  mrg state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
    222  1.11  mrg the unwind frames).  This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
    223  1.11  mrg is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
    224  1.11  mrg suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
    225   1.9  mrg  bool, (void),
    226   1.9  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
    227   1.9  mrg 
    228   1.1  mrg /* Generate an internal label.
    229   1.1  mrg    For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.  */
    230   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    231   1.1  mrg (generate_internal_label,
    232   1.1  mrg  "",
    233   1.1  mrg  void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
    234   1.1  mrg  default_generate_internal_label)
    235   1.1  mrg 
    236   1.1  mrg /* Output an internal label.  */
    237   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    238   1.1  mrg (internal_label,
    239   1.3  mrg  "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
    240   1.3  mrg name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
    241   1.3  mrg \n\
    242   1.3  mrg It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
    243   1.3  mrg used for user-level functions and variables.  Otherwise, certain programs\n\
    244   1.3  mrg will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
    245   1.3  mrg \n\
    246   1.3  mrg It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
    247   1.3  mrg object file.  Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
    248   1.3  mrg should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
    249   1.3  mrg beginning of a label has this effect.  You should find out what\n\
    250   1.3  mrg convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
    251   1.3  mrg \n\
    252   1.3  mrg The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
    253   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
    254   1.1  mrg  default_internal_label)
    255   1.1  mrg 
    256   1.1  mrg /* Output label for the constant.  */
    257   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    258   1.1  mrg (declare_constant_name,
    259   1.3  mrg  "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
    260   1.3  mrg for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined.  This\n\
    261   1.3  mrg target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
    262   1.3  mrg @code{assemble_label}).  The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
    263   1.3  mrg and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes.  The @var{name}\n\
    264   1.3  mrg will be an internal label.\n\
    265   1.3  mrg \n\
    266   1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
    267   1.3  mrg usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
    268   1.3  mrg \n\
    269   1.3  mrg You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
    270   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
    271   1.1  mrg  default_asm_declare_constant_name)
    272   1.1  mrg 
    273   1.1  mrg /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.  */
    274   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    275   1.1  mrg (ttype,
    276   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
    277   1.3  mrg the type_info object identified by @var{sym}.  It should return @code{true}\n\
    278   1.3  mrg if the reference was output.  Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
    279   1.3  mrg reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
    280   1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx sym),
    281   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_false)
    282   1.1  mrg 
    283   1.1  mrg /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
    284   1.1  mrg    associated with the tree decl.  */
    285   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    286   1.1  mrg (assemble_visibility,
    287   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
    288   1.3  mrg commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
    289   1.3  mrg hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
    290   1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, int visibility),
    291   1.1  mrg  default_assemble_visibility)
    292   1.1  mrg 
    293   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
    294   1.7  mrg (print_patchable_function_entry,
    295   1.7  mrg  "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
    296   1.7  mrg @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions.  If the target supports named\n\
    297   1.7  mrg sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
    298   1.7  mrg location in the table of patchable functions.  The default implementation\n\
    299   1.7  mrg of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
    300   1.7  mrg @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
    301   1.7  mrg  void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
    302   1.7  mrg  default_print_patchable_function_entry)
    303   1.7  mrg 
    304   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.  */
    305   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    306   1.1  mrg (function_prologue,
    307   1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
    308   1.3  mrg function.  The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
    309   1.3  mrg initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
    310   1.3  mrg saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
    311   1.7  mrg local variables.  @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
    312   1.7  mrg code should be output.\n\
    313   1.3  mrg \n\
    314   1.3  mrg The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
    315   1.3  mrg macro.  That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
    316   1.3  mrg \n\
    317   1.3  mrg @findex regs_ever_live\n\
    318   1.3  mrg To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
    319   1.3  mrg @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
    320   1.3  mrg @var{r} is used anywhere within the function.  This implies the function\n\
    321   1.3  mrg prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
    322   1.3  mrg call-used registers.  (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
    323   1.3  mrg @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
    324   1.3  mrg \n\
    325   1.3  mrg On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
    326   1.3  mrg not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
    327   1.3  mrg they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
    328   1.3  mrg appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
    329   1.3  mrg registers are used in the function.\n\
    330   1.3  mrg \n\
    331   1.3  mrg @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
    332   1.3  mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
    333   1.3  mrg function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
    334   1.3  mrg pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise.  To determine whether a\n\
    335   1.3  mrg frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
    336   1.3  mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
    337   1.3  mrg time in a function that needs a frame pointer.  @xref{Elimination}.\n\
    338   1.3  mrg \n\
    339   1.3  mrg The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
    340   1.3  mrg required for the function.  This stack space consists of the regions\n\
    341   1.3  mrg listed below.  In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
    342   1.3  mrg order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
    343   1.3  mrg stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
    344   1.3  mrg the highest address if it is not defined).  You can use a different order\n\
    345   1.3  mrg for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
    346   1.3  mrg compatibility reasons.  Except in cases where required by standard\n\
    347   1.3  mrg or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
    348   1.3  mrg need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
    349   1.7  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    350   1.1  mrg  default_function_pro_epilogue)
    351   1.1  mrg 
    352   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.  */
    353   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    354   1.1  mrg (function_end_prologue,
    355   1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
    356   1.3  mrg prologue.  This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
    357   1.3  mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
    358   1.3  mrg emitted.  @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
    359   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    360   1.1  mrg  no_asm_to_stream)
    361   1.1  mrg 
    362   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.  */
    363   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    364   1.1  mrg (function_begin_epilogue,
    365   1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
    366   1.3  mrg epilogue.  This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
    367   1.3  mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
    368   1.3  mrg emitted.  @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
    369   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    370   1.1  mrg  no_asm_to_stream)
    371   1.1  mrg 
    372   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
    373   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    374   1.1  mrg (function_epilogue,
    375   1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
    376   1.3  mrg function.  The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
    377   1.3  mrg registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
    378   1.3  mrg called, and returning control to the caller.  This macro takes the\n\
    379   1.7  mrg same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
    380   1.3  mrg registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
    381   1.3  mrg @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
    382   1.3  mrg \n\
    383   1.3  mrg On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
    384   1.3  mrg of returning from the function.  On these machines, give that\n\
    385   1.3  mrg instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
    386   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
    387   1.3  mrg \n\
    388   1.3  mrg Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
    389   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used.  If you want the target\n\
    390   1.3  mrg switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
    391   1.3  mrg define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
    392   1.3  mrg target switches appropriately.  If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
    393   1.3  mrg condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
    394   1.3  mrg \n\
    395   1.3  mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
    396   1.3  mrg function exit code must vary accordingly.  Sometimes the code for these\n\
    397   1.3  mrg two cases is completely different.  To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
    398   1.3  mrg is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
    399   1.3  mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
    400   1.3  mrg a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
    401   1.3  mrg \n\
    402   1.3  mrg Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
    403   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
    404   1.3  mrg The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
    405   1.3  mrg function.  @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
    406   1.3  mrg \n\
    407   1.3  mrg On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
    408   1.3  mrg others leave that for the caller to do.  For example, the 68020 when\n\
    409   1.3  mrg given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
    410   1.3  mrg number of arguments.\n\
    411   1.3  mrg \n\
    412   1.3  mrg @findex pops_args\n\
    413   1.3  mrg @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
    414   1.3  mrg Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
    415   1.3  mrg functions pop their own arguments.  @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
    416   1.3  mrg needs to know what was decided.  The number of bytes of the current\n\
    417   1.3  mrg function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
    418   1.3  mrg @code{crtl->args.pops_args}.  @xref{Scalar Return}.",
    419   1.7  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    420   1.1  mrg  default_function_pro_epilogue)
    421   1.1  mrg 
    422   1.1  mrg /* Initialize target-specific sections.  */
    423   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    424   1.1  mrg (init_sections,
    425   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
    426  1.11  mrg @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
    427   1.3  mrg of its own that you need to create.\n\
    428   1.3  mrg \n\
    429   1.3  mrg GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
    430   1.3  mrg any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
    431   1.3  mrg described below.",
    432   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    433   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    434   1.1  mrg 
    435   1.1  mrg /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
    436   1.1  mrg    If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
    437   1.1  mrg    which this section is associated.  */
    438   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    439   1.1  mrg (named_section,
    440   1.3  mrg  "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}.  The section\n\
    441   1.3  mrg should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
    442   1.3  mrg of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}.  If @var{decl}\n\
    443   1.3  mrg is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
    444   1.3  mrg this section is associated.",
    445   1.1  mrg  void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
    446   1.1  mrg  default_no_named_section)
    447   1.1  mrg 
    448   1.6  mrg /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
    449   1.6  mrg    declaration, using their numerical value.  */
    450   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
    451   1.6  mrg (elf_flags_numeric,
    452   1.6  mrg  "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
    453   1.6  mrg code has been defined in the assembler.  It is called by\n\
    454   1.6  mrg @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
    455   1.6  mrg emitted in the assembler output.  If the hook returns true, then the\n\
    456   1.6  mrg numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
    457   1.6  mrg @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
    458   1.6  mrg normal sequence of letter codes.  If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
    459   1.6  mrg returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
    460   1.6  mrg is emitted.",
    461   1.6  mrg  bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
    462   1.6  mrg  hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
    463   1.6  mrg 
    464   1.1  mrg /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
    465   1.1  mrg    Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
    466   1.1  mrg    functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
    467   1.1  mrg    at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
    468   1.1  mrg    EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
    469   1.1  mrg    (from static destructors).
    470   1.1  mrg    Return NULL if function should go to default text section.  */
    471   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    472   1.1  mrg (function_section,
    473   1.3  mrg  "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
    474   1.3  mrg Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
    475   1.3  mrg functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
    476   1.3  mrg at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
    477   1.3  mrg @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
    478   1.3  mrg (from static destructors).\n\
    479   1.3  mrg Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
    480   1.1  mrg  section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
    481   1.1  mrg  default_function_section)
    482   1.1  mrg 
    483   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
    484   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    485   1.1  mrg (function_switched_text_sections,
    486  1.11  mrg  "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
    487  1.11  mrg labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
    488  1.11  mrg sections.  Output should be written to @var{file}.  The function\n\
    489  1.11  mrg decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
    490  1.11  mrg @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
    491   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
    492   1.1  mrg  default_function_switched_text_sections)
    493   1.1  mrg 
    494   1.1  mrg /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
    495   1.1  mrg    selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
    496   1.1  mrg    should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
    497   1.1  mrg    local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.  */
    498   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    499   1.1  mrg (reloc_rw_mask,
    500   1.3  mrg  "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
    501   1.3  mrg selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
    502   1.3  mrg should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
    503   1.3  mrg local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
    504   1.3  mrg \n\
    505   1.3  mrg The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
    506   1.3  mrg is in effect, and 0 otherwise.  The hook is typically redefined\n\
    507   1.3  mrg when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
    508   1.3  mrg in read-only sections even in executables.",
    509   1.1  mrg  int, (void),
    510   1.1  mrg  default_reloc_rw_mask)
    511   1.1  mrg 
    512   1.8  mrg  /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
    513   1.8  mrg  or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE.  */
    514   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
    515   1.8  mrg (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
    516   1.8  mrg "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
    517   1.8  mrg or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
    518   1.8  mrg \n\
    519   1.8  mrg The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
    520   1.8  mrg equals true and false otherwise",
    521   1.8  mrg  bool, (void),
    522   1.8  mrg  default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
    523   1.8  mrg 
    524   1.1  mrg  /* Return a section for EXP.  It may be a DECL or a constant.  RELOC
    525   1.1  mrg     is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
    526   1.1  mrg     set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
    527   1.1  mrg     ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.  */
    528   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    529   1.1  mrg (select_section,
    530   1.3  mrg  "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed.  You can\n\
    531   1.3  mrg assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
    532   1.3  mrg some sort.  @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
    533   1.3  mrg requires link-time relocations.  Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
    534   1.3  mrg local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
    535   1.3  mrg @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
    536   1.3  mrg \n\
    537   1.3  mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
    538   1.3  mrg variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
    539   1.3  mrg \n\
    540   1.3  mrg See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
    541   1.1  mrg  section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
    542   1.1  mrg  default_select_section)
    543   1.1  mrg 
    544   1.1  mrg /* Return a section for X.  MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
    545   1.1  mrg    alignment in bits.  */
    546   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    547   1.1  mrg (select_rtx_section,
    548   1.3  mrg  "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
    549   1.3  mrg should be placed.  You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
    550   1.3  mrg constant in RTL@.  The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
    551   1.3  mrg case of a @code{const_int} rtx.  @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
    552   1.3  mrg in bits.\n\
    553   1.3  mrg \n\
    554   1.3  mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
    555   1.3  mrg constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
    556   1.3  mrg else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
    557   1.3  mrg  section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
    558   1.1  mrg  default_select_rtx_section)
    559   1.1  mrg 
    560   1.1  mrg /* Select a unique section name for DECL.  RELOC is the same as
    561   1.1  mrg    for SELECT_SECTION.  */
    562   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    563   1.1  mrg (unique_section,
    564   1.3  mrg  "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
    565   1.3  mrg and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
    566   1.3  mrg As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
    567   1.3  mrg the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
    568   1.3  mrg \n\
    569   1.3  mrg The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
    570   1.3  mrg ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol.  For\n\
    571   1.3  mrg example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
    572   1.3  mrg Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
    573   1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, int reloc),
    574   1.1  mrg  default_unique_section)
    575   1.1  mrg 
    576  1.11  mrg /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
    577  1.11  mrg    associated with function DECL.  */
    578   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    579   1.1  mrg (function_rodata_section,
    580  1.11  mrg  "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
    581  1.11  mrg @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
    582  1.11  mrg over the former.\n\
    583   1.3  mrg The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
    584   1.3  mrg the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
    585  1.11  mrg or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
    586  1.11  mrg the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
    587  1.11  mrg  section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
    588   1.1  mrg  default_function_rodata_section)
    589   1.1  mrg 
    590   1.1  mrg /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
    591   1.1  mrg    for mergeable data sections.  */
    592   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    593   1.1  mrg (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
    594   1.1  mrg  "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
    595   1.1  mrg section names for mergeable constant data.  Define this macro to override\n\
    596   1.1  mrg the string if a different section name should be used.",
    597   1.1  mrg  const char *, ".rodata")
    598   1.1  mrg 
    599   1.1  mrg /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables.  */
    600   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    601   1.1  mrg (tm_clone_table_section,
    602  1.11  mrg  "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
    603  1.11  mrg tables.",
    604   1.1  mrg  section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
    605   1.1  mrg 
    606   1.1  mrg /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
    607   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    608   1.1  mrg (constructor,
    609   1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
    610   1.3  mrg the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
    611   1.3  mrg \n\
    612   1.3  mrg Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
    613   1.3  mrg no arguments and with no return value.  If the target supports initialization\n\
    614   1.3  mrg priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
    615   1.3  mrg otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
    616   1.3  mrg \n\
    617   1.3  mrg If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
    618   1.3  mrg be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
    619   1.3  mrg target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
    620   1.3  mrg is not defined.",
    621   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
    622   1.1  mrg 
    623   1.1  mrg /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
    624   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    625   1.1  mrg (destructor,
    626   1.3  mrg  "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
    627   1.3  mrg functions rather than initialization functions.",
    628   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
    629   1.1  mrg 
    630   1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function.  THUNK_DECL is the
    631   1.1  mrg    declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
    632   1.1  mrg    the target function.  DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
    633   1.1  mrg    added to THIS.  If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
    634   1.1  mrg    *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS.  */
    635   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    636   1.1  mrg (output_mi_thunk,
    637   1.3  mrg  "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
    638   1.3  mrg function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
    639   1.3  mrg inheritance.  The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
    640   1.3  mrg adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
    641   1.3  mrg the real function.\n\
    642   1.3  mrg \n\
    643   1.3  mrg First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
    644   1.3  mrg contains the incoming first argument.  Assume that this argument\n\
    645   1.3  mrg contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
    646   1.3  mrg in C++.  This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
    647   1.3  mrg e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc.  The addition must preserve the values of\n\
    648   1.3  mrg all other incoming arguments.\n\
    649   1.3  mrg \n\
    650   1.3  mrg Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
    651   1.3  mrg made after adding @code{delta}.  In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
    652   1.3  mrg adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
    653   1.3  mrg \n\
    654   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
    655   1.3  mrg p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
    656   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
    657   1.3  mrg \n\
    658   1.3  mrg After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
    659   1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL}.  This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
    660   1.3  mrg not touch the return address.  Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
    661   1.3  mrg return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
    662   1.3  mrg \n\
    663   1.3  mrg The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
    664   1.3  mrg the adjusted first argument.  This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
    665   1.3  mrg of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
    666   1.3  mrg and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
    667   1.3  mrg \n\
    668   1.3  mrg The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant.  (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
    669   1.3  mrg have already been extracted from it.)  It might possibly be useful on\n\
    670   1.3  mrg some targets, but probably not.\n\
    671   1.3  mrg \n\
    672   1.3  mrg If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
    673   1.3  mrg front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
    674   1.3  mrg @var{function} instead of jumping to it.  The generic approach does\n\
    675   1.3  mrg not support varargs.",
    676   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
    677   1.1  mrg 	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
    678   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    679   1.1  mrg 
    680   1.1  mrg /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed.  */
    681   1.1  mrg /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
    682   1.1  mrg    would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly.  But there's
    683   1.1  mrg    too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
    684   1.1  mrg    Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
    685   1.1  mrg    text to the output file.  */
    686   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    687   1.1  mrg (can_output_mi_thunk,
    688   1.3  mrg  "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
    689   1.3  mrg to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
    690   1.3  mrg arguments it is passed, and false otherwise.  In the latter case, the\n\
    691   1.3  mrg generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
    692   1.3  mrg previously exposed.",
    693   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
    694   1.1  mrg 	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
    695   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
    696   1.1  mrg 
    697   1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
    698   1.1  mrg    translation unit.  */
    699   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    700   1.1  mrg (file_start,
    701   1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
    702   1.3  mrg find at the beginning of a file.  The default behavior is controlled\n\
    703   1.3  mrg by two flags, documented below.  Unless your target's assembler is\n\
    704   1.3  mrg quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
    705   1.3  mrg @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook.  This\n\
    706   1.3  mrg lets other target files rely on these variables.",
    707   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    708   1.1  mrg  default_file_start)
    709   1.1  mrg 
    710   1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit.  */
    711   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    712   1.1  mrg (file_end,
    713   1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    714   1.3  mrg to find at the end of a file.  The default is to output nothing.",
    715   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    716   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    717   1.1  mrg 
    718   1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
    719   1.1  mrg    LTO output stream.  */
    720   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    721   1.1  mrg (lto_start,
    722   1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    723   1.3  mrg to find at the start of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
    724   1.3  mrg nothing.",
    725   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    726   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    727   1.1  mrg 
    728   1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
    729   1.1  mrg    LTO output stream.  */
    730   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    731   1.1  mrg (lto_end,
    732   1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    733   1.3  mrg to find at the end of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
    734   1.3  mrg nothing.",
    735   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    736   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    737   1.1  mrg 
    738   1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
    739   1.1  mrg    translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted.  */
    740   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    741   1.1  mrg (code_end,
    742   1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
    743   1.3  mrg unwind info and debug info at the end of a file.  Some targets emit\n\
    744   1.3  mrg here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
    745   1.3  mrg because they couldn't have unwind info then.  The default is to output\n\
    746   1.3  mrg nothing.",
    747   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    748   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    749   1.1  mrg 
    750   1.1  mrg /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
    751   1.1  mrg    external.  */
    752   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    753   1.1  mrg (external_libcall,
    754   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
    755   1.3  mrg pseudo-op to declare a library function name external.  The name of the\n\
    756   1.3  mrg library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
    757   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symref),
    758   1.1  mrg  default_external_libcall)
    759   1.1  mrg 
    760   1.1  mrg /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
    761   1.1  mrg    linker to not dead code strip this symbol.  */
    762   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    763   1.1  mrg (mark_decl_preserved,
    764   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
    765   1.3  mrg directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used.  The Darwin target uses the\n\
    766   1.3  mrg .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
    767   1.1  mrg  void, (const char *symbol),
    768   1.1  mrg  hook_void_constcharptr)
    769   1.1  mrg 
    770   1.1  mrg /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed.  */
    771   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    772   1.1  mrg (record_gcc_switches,
    773   1.3  mrg  "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
    774  1.11  mrg switches provided as argument.\n\
    775   1.3  mrg \n\
    776   1.3  mrg By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
    777   1.3  mrg provided for ELF based targets.  Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
    778   1.3  mrg it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
    779   1.3  mrg section in the assembler output file.  The name of the new section is\n\
    780   1.3  mrg provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
    781   1.3  mrg hook.",
    782  1.11  mrg  void, (const char *),
    783   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    784   1.1  mrg 
    785   1.1  mrg /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
    786   1.1  mrg    record_gcc_switches will use to store the information.  Target
    787   1.1  mrg    specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
    788   1.1  mrg    this information.  */
    789   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    790   1.1  mrg (record_gcc_switches_section,
    791   1.3  mrg  "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
    792   1.3  mrg ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
    793   1.3  mrg hook.",
    794   1.1  mrg  const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
    795   1.1  mrg 
    796   1.1  mrg /* Output the definition of a section anchor.  */
    797   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    798   1.1  mrg (output_anchor,
    799   1.3  mrg  "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
    800   1.3  mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
    801   1.3  mrg The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
    802   1.3  mrg of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
    803   1.3  mrg \n\
    804   1.3  mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
    805   1.3  mrg it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
    806   1.3  mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
    807   1.3  mrg is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
    808   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx x),
    809   1.1  mrg  default_asm_output_anchor)
    810   1.1  mrg 
    811   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    812   1.1  mrg (output_ident,
    813  1.11  mrg  "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
    814  1.11  mrg directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
    815  1.11  mrg If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
    816  1.11  mrg directive.",
    817   1.1  mrg  void, (const char *name),
    818   1.1  mrg  hook_void_constcharptr)
    819   1.1  mrg 
    820   1.1  mrg /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol.  */
    821   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    822   1.1  mrg (output_dwarf_dtprel,
    823   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
    824   1.3  mrg reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
    825   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
    826   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    827   1.1  mrg 
    828   1.1  mrg /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output.  */
    829   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    830   1.1  mrg (final_postscan_insn,
    831   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
    832   1.3  mrg output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
    833   1.3  mrg if necessary.\n\
    834   1.3  mrg \n\
    835   1.3  mrg Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
    836   1.3  mrg extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
    837   1.3  mrg elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
    838   1.3  mrg The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
    839   1.3  mrg template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
    840   1.3  mrg by checking the contents of the vector.",
    841   1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
    842   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    843   1.1  mrg 
    844   1.1  mrg /* Emit the trampoline template.  This hook may be NULL.  */
    845   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    846   1.1  mrg (trampoline_template,
    847   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
    848   1.3  mrg on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
    849   1.3  mrg the constant parts of a trampoline.  This code should not include a\n\
    850   1.3  mrg label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
    851   1.3  mrg \n\
    852   1.3  mrg If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
    853   1.3  mrg for the target.  Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
    854   1.3  mrg code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
    855   1.3  mrg to generate it on the spot.",
    856   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *f),
    857   1.1  mrg  NULL)
    858   1.1  mrg 
    859   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    860   1.1  mrg (output_source_filename,
    861  1.11  mrg  "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
    862  1.11  mrg @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
    863  1.11  mrg \n\
    864  1.11  mrg This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
    865  1.11  mrg for the file format in use is appropriate.",
    866   1.1  mrg  void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
    867   1.1  mrg  default_asm_output_source_filename)
    868   1.1  mrg 
    869   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    870   1.1  mrg (output_addr_const_extra,
    871   1.3  mrg  "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
    872   1.3  mrg can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
    873   1.3  mrg the pattern @var{x}.  This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
    874   1.3  mrg @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
    875   1.3  mrg \n\
    876   1.3  mrg If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
    877   1.3  mrg so that a standard error message is printed.  If it prints an error message\n\
    878   1.3  mrg itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
    879   1.3  mrg return @code{true}.",
    880   1.1  mrg  bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
    881   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
    882   1.1  mrg 
    883   1.1  mrg /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
    884   1.1  mrg    even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
    885   1.1  mrg    initializers.  */
    886   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
    887   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
    888   1.1  mrg 
    889   1.1  mrg /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand.  */
    890   1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
    891   1.1  mrg    not this  hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE.  */
    892   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    893   1.1  mrg (print_operand,
    894   1.1  mrg  "",
    895   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
    896   1.1  mrg  default_print_operand)
    897   1.1  mrg 
    898   1.1  mrg /* Emit a machine-specific memory address.  */
    899   1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
    900   1.1  mrg    not this  hook, and uses different argument names.  */
    901   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    902   1.1  mrg (print_operand_address,
    903   1.1  mrg  "",
    904   1.4  mrg  void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
    905   1.1  mrg  default_print_operand_address)
    906   1.1  mrg 
    907   1.1  mrg /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
    908   1.1  mrg    `print_operand' hook.  */
    909   1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
    910   1.1  mrg    not this  hook.  */
    911   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    912   1.1  mrg (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
    913   1.1  mrg  "",
    914   1.1  mrg  bool ,(unsigned char code),
    915   1.1  mrg  default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
    916   1.1  mrg 
    917   1.1  mrg /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
    918   1.1  mrg    ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE.  */
    919   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    920   1.1  mrg (mangle_assembler_name,
    921  1.11  mrg  "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
    922  1.11  mrg @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
    923  1.11  mrg result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}.  Required for correct LTO symtabs.  The\n\
    924  1.11  mrg default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
    925  1.11  mrg then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
    926   1.1  mrg  tree, (const char *name),
    927   1.1  mrg  default_mangle_assembler_name)
    928   1.1  mrg 
    929   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
    930   1.1  mrg 
    931   1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling.  All of these
    932  1.11  mrg    default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles.  */
    933   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
    934   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
    935   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
    936   1.1  mrg 
    937   1.1  mrg /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
    938   1.1  mrg    return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
    939   1.1  mrg    the dependence LINK.  The default is to make no adjustment.  */
    940   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    941   1.1  mrg (adjust_cost,
    942   1.3  mrg  "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
    943   1.6  mrg relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
    944   1.6  mrg dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}.  It should return the new\n\
    945   1.6  mrg value.  The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}.  This can be\n\
    946   1.6  mrg used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
    947   1.6  mrg description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
    948   1.6  mrg as a data-dependence.  If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
    949   1.3  mrg description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
    950   1.3  mrg output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
    951   1.3  mrg times of the first and the second insns.  If these values are not\n\
    952   1.3  mrg acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too.  See also\n\
    953   1.3  mrg @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
    954   1.6  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
    955   1.6  mrg        unsigned int dw),
    956   1.6  mrg  NULL)
    957   1.1  mrg 
    958   1.1  mrg /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit.  Returns the new priority.  */
    959   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    960   1.1  mrg (adjust_priority,
    961   1.3  mrg  "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
    962   1.3  mrg @var{insn}.  It should return the new priority.  Increase the priority to\n\
    963   1.3  mrg execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
    964   1.3  mrg later.  Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
    965   1.3  mrg scheduling priorities of insns.",
    966   1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
    967   1.1  mrg 
    968   1.1  mrg /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
    969   1.1  mrg    scheduled in the same machine cycle.  This must be constant
    970   1.1  mrg    over an entire compilation.  The default is 1.  */
    971   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    972   1.1  mrg (issue_rate,
    973   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
    974   1.3  mrg issue at the same time on the target machine.  The default is one.\n\
    975   1.3  mrg Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
    976   1.3  mrg an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
    977   1.3  mrg constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
    978   1.3  mrg hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
    979   1.3  mrg This value must be constant over the entire compilation.  If you need\n\
    980   1.3  mrg it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
    981   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
    982   1.1  mrg  int, (void), NULL)
    983   1.1  mrg 
    984   1.1  mrg /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
    985   1.1  mrg    can emit this cycle.  Default is they all cost the same.  */
    986   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    987   1.1  mrg (variable_issue,
    988   1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
    989   1.3  mrg from the ready list.  It should return the number of insns which can\n\
    990   1.3  mrg still be issued in the current cycle.  The default is\n\
    991   1.3  mrg @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
    992   1.3  mrg @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
    993   1.3  mrg You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
    994   1.3  mrg than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
    995   1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
    996   1.3  mrg debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
    997   1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
    998   1.3  mrg was scheduled.",
    999   1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
   1000   1.1  mrg 
   1001   1.1  mrg /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
   1002   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1003   1.1  mrg (init,
   1004   1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
   1005   1.3  mrg instructions that are to be scheduled.  @var{file} is either a null\n\
   1006   1.3  mrg pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.  @var{verbose}\n\
   1007   1.3  mrg is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
   1008   1.3  mrg @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
   1009   1.3  mrg region that can be live at the same time.  This can be used to allocate\n\
   1010   1.3  mrg scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
   1011   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
   1012   1.1  mrg 
   1013   1.1  mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
   1014   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1015   1.1  mrg (finish,
   1016   1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
   1017   1.3  mrg instructions that are to be scheduled.  It can be used to perform\n\
   1018   1.3  mrg cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks.  @var{file}\n\
   1019   1.3  mrg is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
   1020   1.3  mrg to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
   1021   1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
   1022   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
   1023   1.1  mrg 
   1024   1.1  mrg  /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
   1025   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1026   1.1  mrg (init_global,
   1027   1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
   1028   1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
   1029   1.3  mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
   1030   1.3  mrg @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
   1031   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
   1032   1.1  mrg 
   1033   1.1  mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
   1034   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1035   1.1  mrg (finish_global,
   1036   1.3  mrg  "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
   1037   1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
   1038   1.3  mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
   1039   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
   1040   1.1  mrg 
   1041   1.1  mrg /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
   1042   1.1  mrg        places.  Default does nothing.  */
   1043   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1044   1.1  mrg (reorder,
   1045   1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
   1046   1.3  mrg list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
   1047   1.3  mrg combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
   1048   1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
   1049   1.3  mrg debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
   1050   1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
   1051   1.3  mrg list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled.  @var{n_readyp} is\n\
   1052   1.3  mrg a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list.  The scheduler\n\
   1053   1.3  mrg reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
   1054   1.3  mrg @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0].  @var{clock}\n\
   1055   1.3  mrg is the timer tick of the scheduler.  You may modify the ready list and\n\
   1056   1.3  mrg the number of ready insns.  The return value is the number of insns that\n\
   1057   1.3  mrg can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}.  See also\n\
   1058   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
   1059   1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
   1060   1.1  mrg 
   1061   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1062   1.1  mrg (reorder2,
   1063   1.3  mrg  "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time.  That\n\
   1064   1.3  mrg function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle.  This one\n\
   1065   1.3  mrg is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
   1066   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
   1067   1.3  mrg return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle.  Defining\n\
   1068   1.3  mrg this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
   1069   1.3  mrg scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
   1070   1.3  mrg cycle.  These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
   1071   1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
   1072   1.3  mrg 
   1073   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1074   1.3  mrg (macro_fusion_p,
   1075   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
   1076   1.3  mrg  bool, (void), NULL)
   1077   1.3  mrg 
   1078   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1079   1.3  mrg (macro_fusion_pair_p,
   1080   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
   1081   1.3  mrg a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
   1082   1.3  mrg (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
   1083   1.3  mrg group, and they will not be scheduled apart.  The two insns will be either\n\
   1084   1.3  mrg two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
   1085   1.3  mrg validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
   1086   1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
   1087   1.1  mrg 
   1088   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1089   1.1  mrg    after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
   1090   1.1  mrg    by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly).  */
   1091   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1092   1.1  mrg (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
   1093   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
   1094   1.3  mrg chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
   1095   1.3  mrg correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain.  For\n\
   1096   1.3  mrg example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
   1097   1.3  mrg analysis of dependencies.  This hook can use backward and forward\n\
   1098   1.3  mrg dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
   1099   1.3  mrg calculated.",
   1100   1.3  mrg  void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
   1101   1.1  mrg 
   1102   1.1  mrg /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
   1103   1.1  mrg    used to simplify the automaton descriptions.  dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
   1104   1.1  mrg    dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
   1105   1.1  mrg    change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
   1106   1.1  mrg    processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  The function
   1107   1.1  mrg    defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
   1108   1.1  mrg    used to initialize the corresponding insns.  The default values of
   1109   1.1  mrg    the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
   1110   1.1  mrg    new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  */
   1111   1.1  mrg 
   1112   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1113   1.1  mrg (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
   1114   1.3  mrg  "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
   1115   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1116   1.1  mrg 
   1117   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1118   1.1  mrg (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
   1119   1.3  mrg  "The hook returns an RTL insn.  The automaton state used in the\n\
   1120   1.3  mrg pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
   1121   1.3  mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts.  Usage of the hook may\n\
   1122   1.3  mrg simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
   1123   1.3  mrg processors.  If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
   1124   1.3  mrg based pipeline description.  The default is not to change the state\n\
   1125   1.3  mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
   1126   1.1  mrg  rtx, (void), NULL)
   1127   1.1  mrg 
   1128   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1129   1.1  mrg (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
   1130   1.3  mrg  "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
   1131   1.3  mrg used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
   1132   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1133   1.1  mrg 
   1134   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1135   1.1  mrg (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
   1136   1.3  mrg  "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1137   1.3  mrg to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
   1138   1.3  mrg simulated processor cycle finishes.",
   1139   1.3  mrg  rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
   1140   1.1  mrg 
   1141   1.1  mrg /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
   1142   1.1  mrg    functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
   1143   1.1  mrg    dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
   1144   1.1  mrg    immediately before and after cycle is advanced.  */
   1145   1.1  mrg 
   1146   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1147   1.1  mrg (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
   1148   1.3  mrg  "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
   1149   1.3  mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1150   1.3  mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
   1151   1.3  mrg state on a single insn is not enough.",
   1152   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1153   1.1  mrg 
   1154   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1155   1.1  mrg (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
   1156   1.3  mrg  "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
   1157   1.3  mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1158   1.3  mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
   1159   1.3  mrg state on a single insn is not enough.",
   1160   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1161   1.1  mrg 
   1162   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
   1163   1.1  mrg    which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
   1164   1.1  mrg    multi-pass scheduling.  If the member value is nonzero and the
   1165   1.1  mrg    function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
   1166   1.1  mrg    multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle.  In other words, we will
   1167   1.1  mrg    try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
   1168   1.1  mrg    insns on the same cycle.  */
   1169   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1170   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
   1171   1.3  mrg  "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
   1172   1.3  mrg for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler.  Usually the scheduler\n\
   1173   1.3  mrg chooses the first insn from the queue.  If the hook returns a positive\n\
   1174   1.3  mrg value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
   1175   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
   1176   1.3  mrg subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
   1177   1.3  mrg maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle.  For the\n\
   1178   1.3  mrg @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
   1179   1.3  mrg packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn.  Of course, if the\n\
   1180   1.3  mrg rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
   1181   1.3  mrg \n\
   1182   1.3  mrg This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
   1183   1.3  mrg processors.  Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
   1184   1.3  mrg with 3 pipelines.  Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
   1185   1.3  mrg @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
   1186   1.3  mrg @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}.  The\n\
   1187   1.3  mrg processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
   1188   1.3  mrg @var{B}.  In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
   1189   1.3  mrg until the next cycle.  If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
   1190   1.3  mrg the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
   1191   1.3  mrg \n\
   1192   1.3  mrg Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
   1193   1.3  mrg pipeline hazard recognizer.  We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
   1194   1.3  mrg schedules to choose the best one.\n\
   1195   1.3  mrg \n\
   1196   1.3  mrg The default is no multipass scheduling.",
   1197   1.1  mrg  int, (void), NULL)
   1198   1.1  mrg 
   1199   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
   1200   1.1  mrg    what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
   1201   1.1  mrg    multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns zero for insn
   1202   1.1  mrg    passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued.  */
   1203   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1204   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
   1205   1.3  mrg  "\n\
   1206   1.3  mrg This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
   1207   1.3  mrg considered for the multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns\n\
   1208   1.3  mrg zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
   1209   1.3  mrg Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
   1210   1.3  mrg the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
   1211   1.3  mrg Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
   1212   1.3  mrg number of cycles.\n\
   1213   1.3  mrg Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
   1214   1.3  mrg instruction at position 0 in the ready list.  @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
   1215   1.3  mrg to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
   1216   1.3  mrg \n\
   1217   1.3  mrg The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
   1218   1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
   1219   1.1  mrg 
   1220   1.1  mrg /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
   1221   1.1  mrg    scheduling.
   1222   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
   1223   1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1224   1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1225   1.1  mrg    should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
   1226   1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
   1227   1.1  mrg    FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
   1228   1.1  mrg    scheduling on current cycle.  */
   1229   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1230   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
   1231   1.3  mrg  "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
   1232   1.3  mrg scheduling.",
   1233   1.3  mrg  void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
   1234   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1235   1.1  mrg 
   1236   1.1  mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
   1237   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
   1238   1.1  mrg    of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
   1239   1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1240   1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1241   1.1  mrg    should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
   1242   1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
   1243   1.1  mrg    INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
   1244   1.1  mrg    PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
   1245   1.1  mrg    to a state before issuing INSN.  */
   1246   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1247   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
   1248   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
   1249   1.3  mrg  void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
   1250   1.1  mrg 	const void *prev_data), NULL)
   1251   1.1  mrg 
   1252   1.1  mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
   1253   1.1  mrg    instruction corresponding to DATA.
   1254   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1255   1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1256   1.1  mrg    described in DFA.
   1257   1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1258   1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1259   1.1  mrg    should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
   1260   1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.  */
   1261   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1262   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
   1263   1.3  mrg  "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
   1264   1.3  mrg an instruction.",
   1265   1.3  mrg  void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
   1266   1.1  mrg 
   1267   1.1  mrg /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
   1268   1.1  mrg    round of multipass scheduling.
   1269   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer.
   1270   1.1  mrg    If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
   1271   1.1  mrg    scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
   1272   1.1  mrg    the winning solution.  DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
   1273   1.1  mrg    a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
   1274   1.1  mrg    usually after advancing the cycle count.  */
   1275   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1276   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_end,
   1277   1.3  mrg  "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
   1278   1.3  mrg round of multipass scheduling.",
   1279   1.1  mrg  void, (const void *data), NULL)
   1280   1.1  mrg 
   1281   1.1  mrg /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
   1282   1.1  mrg    scheduling after it has been allocated.
   1283   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1284   1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1285   1.1  mrg    described in DFA.  */
   1286   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1287   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_init,
   1288   1.3  mrg  "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
   1289   1.1  mrg  void, (void *data), NULL)
   1290   1.1  mrg 
   1291   1.1  mrg /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
   1292   1.1  mrg    scheduling before it is deallocated.
   1293   1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1294   1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1295   1.1  mrg    described in DFA.  */
   1296   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1297   1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
   1298   1.3  mrg  "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
   1299   1.1  mrg  void, (void *data), NULL)
   1300   1.1  mrg 
   1301   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
   1302   1.1  mrg    the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
   1303   1.1  mrg    parameter on given cycle.  If the hook returns nonzero, the
   1304   1.1  mrg    insn is not issued on given processors cycle.  Instead of that,
   1305   1.1  mrg    the processor cycle is advanced.  If the value passed through
   1306   1.1  mrg    the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
   1307   1.1  mrg    on the new cycle start as usually.  The first parameter passes
   1308   1.1  mrg    file for debugging output.  The second one passes the scheduler
   1309   1.1  mrg    verbose level of the debugging output.  The forth and the fifth
   1310   1.1  mrg    parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
   1311   1.1  mrg    the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle.  */
   1312   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1313   1.1  mrg (dfa_new_cycle,
   1314   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
   1315   1.3  mrg on cycle @var{clock}.  If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
   1316   1.3  mrg @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle.  Instead,\n\
   1317   1.3  mrg the processor cycle is advanced.  If *@var{sort_p}\n\
   1318   1.3  mrg is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
   1319   1.3  mrg start as usually.  @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
   1320   1.3  mrg verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
   1321   1.3  mrg @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
   1322   1.3  mrg processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
   1323   1.3  mrg and the current processor cycle.",
   1324   1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
   1325   1.1  mrg        int clock, int *sort_p),
   1326   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1327   1.1  mrg 
   1328   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
   1329   1.1  mrg    insn scheduler.  It should return true if there exists a dependence
   1330   1.1  mrg    which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
   1331   1.1  mrg    DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP).  The first parameter is
   1332   1.1  mrg    the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns.  The
   1333   1.1  mrg    second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
   1334   1.1  mrg    the scheduler.  The last argument is the distance in cycles
   1335   1.1  mrg    between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
   1336   1.1  mrg    second insn (second parameter).  */
   1337   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1338   1.1  mrg (is_costly_dependence,
   1339   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
   1340   1.3  mrg the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
   1341   1.3  mrg are involved in the dependence too close to one another.  The parameters\n\
   1342   1.3  mrg to this hook are as follows:  The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
   1343   1.3  mrg being evaluated.  The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
   1344   1.3  mrg dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
   1345   1.3  mrg parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
   1346   1.3  mrg The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
   1347   1.3  mrg insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
   1348   1.3  mrg and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
   1349   1.3  mrg \n\
   1350   1.3  mrg Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
   1351   1.3  mrg where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
   1352   1.3  mrg delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
   1353   1.3  mrg that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
   1354   1.3  mrg important.  In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
   1355   1.3  mrg closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance;  however,\n\
   1356   1.3  mrg not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
   1357   1.1  mrg  bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
   1358   1.1  mrg 
   1359   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1360   1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
   1361   1.1  mrg    that new instructions were emitted.  */
   1362   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1363   1.1  mrg (h_i_d_extended,
   1364   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
   1365   1.3  mrg the instruction stream.  The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
   1366   1.3  mrg per instruction data structures.",
   1367   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1368   1.1  mrg 
   1369   1.1  mrg /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling.  */
   1370   1.1  mrg 
   1371   1.1  mrg /* Allocate memory for scheduler context.  */
   1372   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1373   1.1  mrg (alloc_sched_context,
   1374   1.3  mrg  "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
   1375   1.1  mrg  void *, (void), NULL)
   1376   1.1  mrg 
   1377   1.1  mrg /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context.  */
   1378   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1379   1.1  mrg (init_sched_context,
   1380   1.3  mrg  "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
   1381   1.3  mrg It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
   1382   1.3  mrg beginning of the block.  Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
   1383   1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
   1384   1.1  mrg 
   1385   1.1  mrg /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value.  */
   1386   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1387   1.1  mrg (set_sched_context,
   1388   1.3  mrg  "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
   1389   1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1390   1.1  mrg 
   1391   1.1  mrg /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init.  */
   1392   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1393   1.1  mrg (clear_sched_context,
   1394   1.3  mrg  "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
   1395   1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1396   1.1  mrg 
   1397   1.1  mrg /* Frees the scheduler context.  */
   1398   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1399   1.1  mrg (free_sched_context,
   1400   1.3  mrg  "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
   1401   1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1402   1.1  mrg 
   1403   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1404   1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.
   1405   1.1  mrg    The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
   1406   1.1  mrg    of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
   1407   1.1  mrg    speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
   1408   1.1  mrg    It should return
   1409   1.1  mrg    -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
   1410   1.1  mrg    0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
   1411   1.1  mrg    1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
   1412   1.1  mrg    generated one.  */
   1413   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1414   1.1  mrg (speculate_insn,
   1415   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
   1416   1.3  mrg speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
   1417   1.3  mrg The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
   1418   1.3  mrg version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
   1419   1.3  mrg pattern.  The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
   1420   1.3  mrg or @minus{}1, if it doesn't.  @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
   1421   1.3  mrg speculation.  If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
   1422   1.3  mrg the generated speculative pattern.",
   1423   1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
   1424   1.1  mrg 
   1425   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1426   1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.  It should return true if the check instruction
   1427   1.1  mrg    passed as the parameter needs a recovery block.  */
   1428   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1429   1.1  mrg (needs_block_p,
   1430   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
   1431   1.3  mrg for @var{insn}.  It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
   1432   1.3  mrg instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
   1433   1.3  mrg  bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
   1434   1.1  mrg 
   1435   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1436   1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.  It should return a pattern for the check
   1437   1.1  mrg    instruction.
   1438   1.1  mrg    The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
   1439   1.1  mrg    is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
   1440   1.3  mrg    simple check).  The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
   1441   1.3  mrg    is being performed.  */
   1442   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1443   1.1  mrg (gen_spec_check,
   1444   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
   1445   1.3  mrg check instruction.  If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
   1446   1.3  mrg speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
   1447   1.3  mrg @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
   1448   1.3  mrg be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
   1449   1.3  mrg recovery code (a simple check).  If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
   1450   1.3  mrg a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
   1451   1.3  mrg @var{insn} should be generated.  In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
   1452   1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
   1453   1.1  mrg 
   1454   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
   1455   1.1  mrg    information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
   1456   1.1  mrg    The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable.  */
   1457   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1458   1.1  mrg (set_sched_flags,
   1459   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
   1460   1.3  mrg enabled/used.\n\
   1461   1.3  mrg The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
   1462   1.3  mrg The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
   1463   1.1  mrg  void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
   1464   1.1  mrg 
   1465   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1466   1.1  mrg (get_insn_spec_ds,
   1467   1.1  mrg  "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
   1468   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   1469   1.1  mrg 
   1470   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1471   1.1  mrg (get_insn_checked_ds,
   1472   1.1  mrg  "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
   1473   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   1474   1.1  mrg 
   1475   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   1476   1.6  mrg (can_speculate_insn,
   1477   1.6  mrg  "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
   1478   1.6  mrg  because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong.  Often such\n\
   1479   1.6  mrg  instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
   1480   1.6  mrg  pipeline descriptions.  This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
   1481   1.6  mrg  should not be speculated.",
   1482   1.6  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
   1483   1.6  mrg 
   1484   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1485   1.1  mrg (skip_rtx_p,
   1486   1.1  mrg  "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
   1487   1.1  mrg  advance to the inner rtxes.",
   1488   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
   1489   1.1  mrg 
   1490   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
   1491   1.1  mrg    information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
   1492   1.1  mrg    used by the swing modulo scheduler.  The parameter is a pointer
   1493   1.1  mrg    to ddg variable.  */
   1494   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1495   1.1  mrg (sms_res_mii,
   1496   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
   1497   1.3  mrg resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
   1498   1.3  mrg the machine and the resources required by each instruction.  The target\n\
   1499   1.3  mrg backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound.  A very simple lower\n\
   1500   1.3  mrg bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
   1501   1.3  mrg of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
   1502   1.1  mrg  int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
   1503   1.1  mrg 
   1504   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
   1505   1.1  mrg    schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
   1506   1.1  mrg    parameters.  */
   1507   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1508   1.1  mrg (dispatch_do,
   1509   1.3  mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It performs the operation specified\n\
   1510   1.3  mrg in its second parameter.",
   1511   1.3  mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
   1512   1.3  mrg hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
   1513   1.1  mrg 
   1514   1.9  mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
   1515   1.1  mrg    dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
   1516   1.1  mrg    as the second parameter is true.  */
   1517   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1518   1.1  mrg (dispatch,
   1519   1.3  mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
   1520   1.3  mrg is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
   1521   1.3  mrg bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
   1522   1.3  mrg hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
   1523   1.1  mrg 
   1524   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   1525   1.1  mrg (exposed_pipeline,
   1526   1.1  mrg "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
   1527   1.1  mrg the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
   1528   1.1  mrg also the latencies of operations.",
   1529   1.1  mrg bool, false)
   1530   1.1  mrg 
   1531   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns number
   1532   1.1  mrg    of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
   1533   1.1  mrg    statements of the given type.  By default 1 is used.  */
   1534   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1535   1.1  mrg (reassociation_width,
   1536   1.1  mrg "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
   1537   1.1  mrg parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
   1538   1.3  mrg int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
   1539   1.1  mrg hook_int_uint_mode_1)
   1540   1.1  mrg 
   1541   1.3  mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
   1542   1.3  mrg    fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters.  */
   1543   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1544   1.3  mrg (fusion_priority,
   1545   1.3  mrg "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass.  It calculates fusion\n\
   1546   1.3  mrg priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter.  The priorities\n\
   1547   1.3  mrg are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
   1548   1.3  mrg \n\
   1549   1.3  mrg @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
   1550   1.3  mrg @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
   1551   1.3  mrg @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
   1552   1.3  mrg fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
   1553   1.3  mrg @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
   1554   1.3  mrg should be calculated and returned.\n\
   1555   1.3  mrg \n\
   1556   1.3  mrg Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
   1557   1.3  mrg be scheduled together.  Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
   1558   1.3  mrg instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}.  @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
   1559   1.3  mrg sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key.  All instructions will be\n\
   1560   1.3  mrg scheduled according to the two priorities.  All priorities calculated\n\
   1561   1.3  mrg should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive).  To avoid\n\
   1562   1.3  mrg false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
   1563   1.3  mrg scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
   1564   1.3  mrg instructions.\n\
   1565   1.3  mrg \n\
   1566   1.3  mrg Given below example:\n\
   1567   1.3  mrg \n\
   1568   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1569   1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
   1570   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10\n\
   1571   1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
   1572   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15\n\
   1573   1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
   1574   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11\n\
   1575   1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
   1576   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16\n\
   1577   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1578   1.3  mrg \n\
   1579   1.3  mrg On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
   1580   1.3  mrg merged.  Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
   1581   1.3  mrg loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow.  That's where\n\
   1582   1.3  mrg this scheduling fusion pass works.  This hook calculates priority for each\n\
   1583   1.3  mrg instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
   1584   1.3  mrg \n\
   1585   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1586   1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=96\n\
   1587   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1588   1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]  ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=92\n\
   1589   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1590   1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=100\n\
   1591   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1592   1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=88\n\
   1593   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1594   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1595   1.3  mrg \n\
   1596   1.3  mrg Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
   1597   1.3  mrg to the priorities.  As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
   1598   1.3  mrg pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
   1599   1.3  mrg \n\
   1600   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1601   1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
   1602   1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
   1603   1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
   1604   1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
   1605   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10\n\
   1606   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15\n\
   1607   1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11\n\
   1608   1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16\n\
   1609   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1610   1.3  mrg \n\
   1611   1.3  mrg Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
   1612   1.3  mrg \n\
   1613   1.3  mrg Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
   1614   1.3  mrg work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
   1615   1.3  mrg \n\
   1616   1.3  mrg This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
   1617   1.3  mrg the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
   1618   1.3  mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
   1619   1.3  mrg 
   1620   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
   1621   1.1  mrg 
   1622   1.7  mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones.  */
   1623   1.3  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1624   1.3  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
   1625   1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
   1626   1.3  mrg 
   1627   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1628   1.3  mrg (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
   1629   1.3  mrg "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
   1630   1.3  mrg fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
   1631   1.3  mrg @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
   1632   1.3  mrg The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
   1633   1.3  mrg or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
   1634   1.3  mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
   1635   1.3  mrg 
   1636   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1637   1.3  mrg (adjust,
   1638   1.3  mrg "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
   1639   1.3  mrg to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
   1640   1.3  mrg void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
   1641   1.3  mrg 
   1642   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1643   1.3  mrg (usable,
   1644   1.3  mrg "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
   1645   1.3  mrg in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
   1646   1.3  mrg usable.  In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
   1647   1.3  mrg to use it.",
   1648   1.3  mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
   1649   1.3  mrg 
   1650   1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
   1651   1.3  mrg 
   1652   1.6  mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform.  */
   1653   1.6  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1654   1.6  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
   1655   1.6  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
   1656   1.6  mrg 
   1657   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   1658   1.6  mrg (vf,
   1659   1.6  mrg "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
   1660   1.6  mrg int, (void), NULL)
   1661   1.6  mrg 
   1662   1.6  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
   1663   1.6  mrg 
   1664   1.9  mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP.  */
   1665   1.9  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1666   1.9  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
   1667   1.9  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
   1668   1.9  mrg 
   1669   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   1670   1.9  mrg (device_kind_arch_isa,
   1671   1.9  mrg "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
   1672   1.9  mrg device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
   1673   1.9  mrg whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
   1674   1.9  mrg but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
   1675   1.9  mrg int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
   1676   1.9  mrg 
   1677   1.9  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
   1678   1.9  mrg 
   1679   1.4  mrg /* Functions relating to openacc.  */
   1680   1.4  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1681   1.4  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
   1682   1.4  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
   1683   1.4  mrg 
   1684   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   1685   1.4  mrg (validate_dims,
   1686   1.4  mrg "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
   1687   1.4  mrg compute region, or routine.  Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
   1688   1.4  mrg and non-constant values as 0.  The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
   1689   1.9  mrg function corresponding to the compute region.  For a routine it is the\n\
   1690   1.4  mrg outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned.  The hook\n\
   1691   1.4  mrg should verify non-default values.  If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
   1692   1.4  mrg are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
   1693   1.4  mrg Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate.  Return\n\
   1694   1.4  mrg true, if changes have been made.  You must override this hook to\n\
   1695   1.4  mrg provide dimensions larger than 1.",
   1696   1.8  mrg bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
   1697   1.4  mrg default_goacc_validate_dims)
   1698   1.4  mrg 
   1699   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   1700   1.4  mrg (dim_limit,
   1701   1.4  mrg "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
   1702   1.4  mrg or zero if unbounded.",
   1703   1.4  mrg int, (int axis),
   1704   1.4  mrg default_goacc_dim_limit)
   1705   1.4  mrg 
   1706   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   1707   1.4  mrg (fork_join,
   1708   1.4  mrg "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
   1709   1.4  mrg function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
   1710   1.4  mrg should be retained.  It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
   1711   1.4  mrg It should return true, if the call should be retained.  It should\n\
   1712   1.4  mrg return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
   1713   1.4  mrg gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
   1714   1.4  mrg The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
   1715   1.4  mrg bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
   1716   1.4  mrg default_goacc_fork_join)
   1717   1.4  mrg 
   1718   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   1719   1.4  mrg (reduction,
   1720   1.4  mrg "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
   1721   1.4  mrg @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
   1722   1.4  mrg instructions.  @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
   1723   1.4  mrg the function.  This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
   1724   1.4  mrg expanded sequence has been inserted.  This hook is also responsible\n\
   1725   1.4  mrg for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
   1726   1.4  mrg void, (gcall *call),
   1727   1.4  mrg default_goacc_reduction)
   1728   1.4  mrg 
   1729  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   1730  1.11  mrg (adjust_private_decl,
   1731  1.11  mrg "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
   1732  1.11  mrg OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
   1733  1.11  mrg parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
   1734  1.11  mrg @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}).  A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
   1735  1.11  mrg declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
   1736  1.11  mrg @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
   1737  1.11  mrg \n\
   1738  1.11  mrg You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
   1739  1.11  mrg adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
   1740  1.11  mrg way.",
   1741  1.11  mrg tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
   1742  1.11  mrg NULL)
   1743  1.11  mrg 
   1744  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   1745  1.11  mrg (expand_var_decl,
   1746  1.11  mrg "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
   1747  1.11  mrg specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions.  A particular use is\n\
   1748  1.11  mrg to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
   1749  1.11  mrg memories.  A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
   1750  1.11  mrg handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
   1751  1.11  mrg \n\
   1752  1.11  mrg Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
   1753  1.11  mrg @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default.  You can also adjust\n\
   1754  1.11  mrg private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
   1755  1.11  mrg @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
   1756  1.11  mrg rtx, (tree var),
   1757  1.11  mrg NULL)
   1758  1.11  mrg 
   1759  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   1760  1.11  mrg (create_worker_broadcast_record,
   1761  1.11  mrg "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
   1762  1.11  mrg worker to other workers.  A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
   1763  1.11  mrg of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
   1764  1.11  mrg \n\
   1765  1.11  mrg Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
   1766  1.11  mrg be used.",
   1767  1.11  mrg tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
   1768  1.11  mrg NULL)
   1769  1.11  mrg 
   1770  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   1771  1.11  mrg (shared_mem_layout,
   1772  1.11  mrg "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target.  The LO and HI\n\
   1773  1.11  mrg arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
   1774  1.11  mrg broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
   1775  1.11  mrg arguments are for the current offload region.",
   1776  1.11  mrg void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
   1777  1.11  mrg        unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
   1778  1.11  mrg NULL)
   1779  1.11  mrg 
   1780   1.4  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
   1781   1.4  mrg 
   1782   1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to vectorization.  */
   1783   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1784   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
   1785   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
   1786   1.1  mrg 
   1787   1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1788   1.1  mrg    by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
   1789   1.1  mrg    function.  */
   1790   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1791   1.1  mrg (builtin_mask_for_load,
   1792   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
   1793   1.3  mrg address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
   1794   1.3  mrg used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
   1795   1.3  mrg @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
   1796   1.3  mrg \n\
   1797   1.3  mrg The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
   1798   1.3  mrg @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
   1799   1.3  mrg the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
   1800   1.3  mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
   1801   1.3  mrg two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
   1802   1.3  mrg @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
   1803   1.3  mrg the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
   1804   1.3  mrg from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
   1805   1.3  mrg @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
   1806   1.3  mrg @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
   1807   1.3  mrg @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
   1808   1.3  mrg \n\
   1809   1.3  mrg If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
   1810   1.3  mrg to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
   1811   1.3  mrg use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
   1812   1.3  mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
   1813   1.3  mrg should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
   1814   1.3  mrg described above.\n\
   1815   1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
   1816   1.3  mrg the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
   1817   1.3  mrg log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
   1818   1.1  mrg  tree, (void), NULL)
   1819   1.1  mrg 
   1820   1.4  mrg /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
   1821   1.4  mrg    a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   1822   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1823   1.1  mrg (builtin_vectorized_function,
   1824   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
   1825   1.4  mrg vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
   1826   1.3  mrg @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
   1827   1.4  mrg The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
   1828   1.4  mrg @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
   1829   1.4  mrg  tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
   1830   1.4  mrg  default_builtin_vectorized_function)
   1831   1.4  mrg 
   1832   1.4  mrg /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
   1833   1.4  mrg    a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   1834   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   1835   1.4  mrg (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
   1836   1.4  mrg  "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
   1837   1.4  mrg vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}.  The\n\
   1838   1.3  mrg return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
   1839   1.3  mrg @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
   1840   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
   1841   1.4  mrg  default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
   1842   1.1  mrg 
   1843   1.1  mrg /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
   1844   1.1  mrg    model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
   1845   1.1  mrg    on the data type and misalignment value.  */
   1846   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1847   1.1  mrg (builtin_vectorization_cost,
   1848   1.3  mrg  "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
   1849   1.3  mrg For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
   1850   1.3  mrg misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
   1851   1.1  mrg  int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
   1852   1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
   1853   1.1  mrg 
   1854   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   1855   1.7  mrg (preferred_vector_alignment,
   1856   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
   1857   1.7  mrg vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code.  This might be less than\n\
   1858   1.7  mrg or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
   1859   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}.  It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
   1860   1.7  mrg a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
   1861   1.7  mrg for alignment.\n\
   1862   1.7  mrg \n\
   1863   1.7  mrg The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
   1864   1.7  mrg correct for most targets.",
   1865   1.8  mrg  poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
   1866   1.7  mrg  default_preferred_vector_alignment)
   1867   1.7  mrg 
   1868   1.1  mrg /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
   1869   1.4  mrg    iterations) for the given scalar type.  */
   1870   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1871   1.1  mrg (vector_alignment_reachable,
   1872  1.11  mrg  "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
   1873  1.11  mrg for the given scalar type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
   1874  1.11  mrg access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
   1875   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
   1876   1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
   1877   1.1  mrg 
   1878   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1879   1.7  mrg (vec_perm_const,
   1880   1.7  mrg  "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
   1881   1.7  mrg vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
   1882   1.7  mrg also to emit such a permutation.  In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
   1883   1.7  mrg and @var{out} are all null.  In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
   1884   1.7  mrg the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
   1885  1.11  mrg operands of mode @var{mode}.  @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
   1886   1.7  mrg @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
   1887   1.7  mrg \n\
   1888   1.7  mrg Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
   1889   1.7  mrg if rtxes are provided.\n\
   1890   1.7  mrg \n\
   1891   1.7  mrg @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
   1892   1.7  mrg If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
   1893   1.7  mrg try the equivalent byte operation.  If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
   1894   1.7  mrg the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
   1895   1.7  mrg instruction pattern.  There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
   1896   1.7  mrg implementation approaches itself.",
   1897   1.7  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
   1898   1.7  mrg 	const vec_perm_indices &sel),
   1899   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1900   1.1  mrg 
   1901   1.1  mrg /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
   1902   1.1  mrg    specific factor denoted in the third parameter.  The last parameter
   1903   1.1  mrg    is true if the access is defined in a packed struct.  */
   1904   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1905   1.1  mrg (support_vector_misalignment,
   1906   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
   1907   1.3  mrg store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
   1908   1.3  mrg parameter.  The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
   1909   1.3  mrg the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed}\n\
   1910   1.3  mrg parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
   1911   1.1  mrg  bool,
   1912   1.3  mrg  (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
   1913   1.1  mrg  default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
   1914   1.1  mrg 
   1915   1.1  mrg /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
   1916   1.1  mrg    scalar mode.  */
   1917   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1918   1.1  mrg (preferred_simd_mode,
   1919   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
   1920   1.3  mrg mode @var{mode}.  The default is\n\
   1921   1.3  mrg equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
   1922   1.3  mrg transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
   1923   1.3  mrg  machine_mode,
   1924   1.7  mrg  (scalar_mode mode),
   1925   1.1  mrg  default_preferred_simd_mode)
   1926   1.1  mrg 
   1927   1.7  mrg /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to.  */
   1928   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   1929   1.7  mrg (split_reduction,
   1930   1.7  mrg  "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
   1931   1.7  mrg step on @var{mode} to.  The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
   1932   1.7  mrg against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
   1933   1.7  mrg reached.  The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
   1934   1.7  mrg   machine_mode,
   1935   1.7  mrg   (machine_mode),
   1936   1.7  mrg   default_split_reduction)
   1937   1.7  mrg 
   1938   1.1  mrg /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
   1939   1.1  mrg    after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode.  */
   1940   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1941   1.9  mrg (autovectorize_vector_modes,
   1942   1.9  mrg  "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
   1943   1.9  mrg is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
   1944   1.9  mrg @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach.  These modes are then\n\
   1945   1.9  mrg passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
   1946   1.9  mrg for a given element mode.\n\
   1947   1.9  mrg \n\
   1948   1.9  mrg The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
   1949   1.9  mrg possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
   1950   1.9  mrg integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie.  The first\n\
   1951   1.9  mrg mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
   1952   1.9  mrg element mode.\n\
   1953   1.9  mrg \n\
   1954   1.9  mrg If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
   1955   1.9  mrg not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
   1956   1.9  mrg \n\
   1957   1.9  mrg The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
   1958   1.9  mrg @var{modes} are used.  The flags are:\n\
   1959   1.9  mrg @table @code\n\
   1960   1.9  mrg @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
   1961   1.9  mrg Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
   1962   1.9  mrg with the lowest cost.  By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
   1963   1.9  mrg mode that works.\n\
   1964   1.9  mrg @end table\n\
   1965   1.7  mrg \n\
   1966   1.7  mrg The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
   1967   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
   1968   1.9  mrg for autovectorization.  The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
   1969   1.9  mrg returns 0.",
   1970   1.9  mrg  unsigned int,
   1971   1.9  mrg  (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
   1972   1.9  mrg  default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
   1973   1.9  mrg 
   1974   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   1975   1.9  mrg (related_mode,
   1976   1.9  mrg  "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
   1977   1.9  mrg to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
   1978   1.9  mrg it should use for those elements.  If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
   1979   1.9  mrg the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
   1980   1.9  mrg size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}.  Return an empty\n\
   1981   1.9  mrg @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
   1982   1.9  mrg required properties.\n\
   1983   1.9  mrg \n\
   1984   1.9  mrg There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
   1985   1.9  mrg is zero.  One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
   1986   1.9  mrg as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
   1987   1.9  mrg fixed vector size.  Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
   1988   1.9  mrg same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
   1989   1.9  mrg if the target has a fixed number of elements.  Alternatively, the hook\n\
   1990   1.9  mrg might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
   1991   1.9  mrg elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
   1992   1.9  mrg vector sizes.\n\
   1993   1.9  mrg \n\
   1994   1.9  mrg The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
   1995   1.9  mrg requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
   1996   1.9  mrg when @var{nunits} is zero.  This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
   1997   1.9  mrg  opt_machine_mode,
   1998   1.9  mrg  (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
   1999   1.9  mrg  default_vectorize_related_mode)
   2000   1.1  mrg 
   2001   1.4  mrg /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask.  */
   2002   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   2003   1.4  mrg (get_mask_mode,
   2004   1.9  mrg  "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
   2005   1.9  mrg result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}.  The returned mask mode\n\
   2006   1.9  mrg can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
   2007   1.9  mrg booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
   2008   1.9  mrg @code{MODE_INT}).  Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
   2009   1.9  mrg mask mode exists.\n\
   2010   1.9  mrg \n\
   2011   1.9  mrg The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
   2012   1.9  mrg same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
   2013   1.7  mrg  opt_machine_mode,
   2014   1.9  mrg  (machine_mode mode),
   2015   1.4  mrg  default_get_mask_mode)
   2016   1.4  mrg 
   2017   1.7  mrg /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
   2018   1.7  mrg    mask is all zeros.  */
   2019   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   2020   1.7  mrg (empty_mask_is_expensive,
   2021   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
   2022   1.7  mrg type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
   2023   1.7  mrg all zeros.  GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
   2024   1.7  mrg  bool,
   2025   1.7  mrg  (unsigned ifn),
   2026   1.7  mrg  default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
   2027   1.7  mrg 
   2028   1.1  mrg /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  */
   2029   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2030   1.1  mrg (builtin_gather,
   2031   1.3  mrg  "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  @var{mem_vectype}\n\
   2032   1.3  mrg is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
   2033   1.3  mrg the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
   2034   1.3  mrg The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
   2035   1.3  mrg loads.",
   2036   1.1  mrg  tree,
   2037   1.1  mrg  (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
   2038   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   2039   1.1  mrg 
   2040   1.4  mrg /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  */
   2041   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   2042   1.4  mrg (builtin_scatter,
   2043   1.4  mrg "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  @var{vectype}\n\
   2044   1.4  mrg is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
   2045   1.4  mrg the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
   2046   1.4  mrg The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
   2047   1.4  mrg stores.",
   2048   1.4  mrg  tree,
   2049   1.4  mrg  (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
   2050   1.4  mrg  NULL)
   2051   1.4  mrg 
   2052   1.1  mrg /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block.  */
   2053   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2054  1.11  mrg (create_costs,
   2055  1.11  mrg  "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
   2056  1.11  mrg for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block.  The default\n\
   2057  1.11  mrg allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
   2058  1.11  mrg body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block.  If @var{loop_info} is\n\
   2059  1.11  mrg non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
   2060  1.11  mrg is being vectorized.  If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
   2061  1.11  mrg current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
   2062  1.11  mrg it is for the vector version.",
   2063  1.11  mrg  class vector_costs *,
   2064  1.11  mrg  (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
   2065  1.11  mrg  default_vectorize_create_costs)
   2066   1.1  mrg 
   2067   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
   2068   1.1  mrg 
   2069   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   2070   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   2071   1.1  mrg 
   2072   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2073   1.8  mrg (preferred_else_value,
   2074   1.8  mrg  "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
   2075   1.8  mrg to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
   2076   1.8  mrg @code{internal_fn}).  @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
   2077   1.8  mrg function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
   2078   1.8  mrg of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
   2079   1.8  mrg \n\
   2080   1.8  mrg For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
   2081   1.8  mrg a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
   2082   1.8  mrg and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
   2083   1.8  mrg \n\
   2084   1.8  mrg This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
   2085   1.8  mrg like @code{cond_add@var{m}}.  The default implementation returns a zero\n\
   2086   1.8  mrg constant of type @var{type}.",
   2087   1.8  mrg  tree,
   2088   1.8  mrg  (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
   2089   1.8  mrg  default_preferred_else_value)
   2090   1.8  mrg 
   2091   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
   2092   1.3  mrg (record_offload_symbol,
   2093   1.3  mrg  "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
   2094   1.3  mrg sections are available.  It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
   2095   1.3  mrg recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
   2096   1.3  mrg  void, (tree),
   2097   1.3  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   2098   1.3  mrg 
   2099   1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2100   1.3  mrg (absolute_biggest_alignment,
   2101   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
   2102   1.3  mrg that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
   2103   1.3  mrg @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
   2104   1.3  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
   2105   1.3  mrg 
   2106   1.1  mrg /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
   2107   1.1  mrg   been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
   2108   1.1  mrg   end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma.  */
   2109   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2110   1.1  mrg (override_options_after_change,
   2111   1.3  mrg  "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
   2112   1.3  mrg but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
   2113   1.3  mrg pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
   2114   1.3  mrg attribute or pragma.  It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
   2115   1.3  mrg when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
   2116   1.3  mrg actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
   2117   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
   2118   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   2119   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   2120   1.1  mrg 
   2121   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2122   1.3  mrg (offload_options,
   2123   1.3  mrg  "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file.  It should\n\
   2124   1.3  mrg translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
   2125   1.3  mrg into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
   2126   1.3  mrg to express such options.  It should return a string containing these options,\n\
   2127   1.3  mrg separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
   2128   1.3  mrg char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
   2129   1.3  mrg 
   2130   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2131   1.1  mrg (eh_return_filter_mode,
   2132   1.1  mrg  "Return machine mode for filter value.",
   2133   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (void),
   2134   1.1  mrg  default_eh_return_filter_mode)
   2135   1.1  mrg 
   2136   1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions.  */
   2137   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2138   1.1  mrg (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
   2139   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
   2140   1.3  mrg of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
   2141   1.3  mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
   2142   1.3  mrg targets.",
   2143   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (void),
   2144   1.1  mrg  default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
   2145   1.1  mrg 
   2146   1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions.  */
   2147   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2148   1.1  mrg (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
   2149   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
   2150   1.3  mrg of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
   2151   1.3  mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
   2152   1.3  mrg targets.",
   2153   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (void),
   2154   1.1  mrg  default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
   2155   1.1  mrg 
   2156   1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type.  */
   2157   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2158   1.1  mrg (unwind_word_mode,
   2159   1.3  mrg  "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
   2160   1.3  mrg The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
   2161   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (void),
   2162   1.1  mrg  default_unwind_word_mode)
   2163   1.1  mrg 
   2164   1.1  mrg /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
   2165   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2166   1.1  mrg (merge_decl_attributes,
   2167   1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
   2168   1.3  mrg handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
   2169   1.3  mrg @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
   2170   1.3  mrg @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}.  Examples of\n\
   2171   1.3  mrg when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
   2172   1.3  mrg attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition.  This function may\n\
   2173   1.3  mrg call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
   2174   1.3  mrg \n\
   2175   1.3  mrg @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
   2176   1.3  mrg If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
   2177   1.3  mrg for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
   2178   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}.  The compiler\n\
   2179   1.3  mrg will then define a function called\n\
   2180   1.3  mrg @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
   2181   1.3  mrg the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  You can also\n\
   2182   1.3  mrg add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
   2183   1.3  mrg to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
   2184   1.3  mrg @samp{dllexport} attributes.  This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
   2185  1.11  mrg @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.",
   2186   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
   2187   1.1  mrg  merge_decl_attributes)
   2188   1.1  mrg 
   2189   1.1  mrg /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
   2190   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2191   1.1  mrg (merge_type_attributes,
   2192   1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
   2193   1.3  mrg handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
   2194   1.3  mrg @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}.  It is assumed\n\
   2195   1.3  mrg that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1.  This\n\
   2196   1.3  mrg function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
   2197   1.3  mrg merging.",
   2198   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
   2199   1.1  mrg  merge_type_attributes)
   2200   1.1  mrg 
   2201   1.1  mrg /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
   2202   1.1  mrg    Ignored if NULL.  */
   2203   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2204   1.1  mrg (attribute_table,
   2205   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
   2206   1.4  mrg attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
   2207   1.3  mrg specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
   2208   1.3  mrg entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
   2209   1.3  mrg take.",
   2210   1.1  mrg  const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
   2211   1.1  mrg 
   2212   1.1  mrg /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
   2213   1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   2214   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2215   1.1  mrg (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
   2216   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
   2217   1.3  mrg machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
   2218   1.3  mrg given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
   2219   1.3  mrg subjected to name lookup.  If this is not defined, the default is\n\
   2220   1.3  mrg false for all machine-specific attributes.",
   2221   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree name),
   2222   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2223   1.1  mrg 
   2224   1.1  mrg /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
   2225   1.1  mrg    one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
   2226   1.1  mrg    (which causes a warning to be generated).  */
   2227   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2228   1.1  mrg (comp_type_attributes,
   2229   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
   2230   1.3  mrg @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
   2231   1.3  mrg and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
   2232   1.3  mrg generated).  If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
   2233   1.3  mrg supposed always to be compatible.",
   2234   1.1  mrg  int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
   2235   1.1  mrg  hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
   2236   1.1  mrg 
   2237   1.1  mrg /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE.  */
   2238   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2239   1.1  mrg (set_default_type_attributes,
   2240   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
   2241   1.3  mrg the newly defined @var{type}.",
   2242   1.1  mrg  void, (tree type),
   2243   1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   2244   1.1  mrg 
   2245   1.1  mrg /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL.  */
   2246   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2247   1.1  mrg (insert_attributes,
   2248   1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
   2249   1.3  mrg when it is being created.  This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
   2250   1.3  mrg wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
   2251   1.3  mrg the pragma's effect.  The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
   2252   1.3  mrg created.  The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
   2253   1.3  mrg for this decl.  The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
   2254   1.3  mrg shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
   2255   1.3  mrg the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
   2256   1.3  mrg attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
   2257   1.3  mrg needed.",
   2258   1.1  mrg  void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
   2259   1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree_treeptr)
   2260   1.1  mrg 
   2261   1.9  mrg /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes.  */
   2262   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   2263   1.9  mrg (handle_generic_attribute,
   2264   1.9  mrg  "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
   2265   1.9  mrg target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
   2266   1.9  mrg by a front end.  The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
   2267   1.9  mrg attribute handlers.  So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
   2268   1.9  mrg @var{section} attribute.",
   2269   1.9  mrg  tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
   2270   1.9  mrg  hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
   2271   1.9  mrg 
   2272   1.1  mrg /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
   2273   1.1  mrg    can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise.  */
   2274   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2275   1.1  mrg (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
   2276   1.3  mrg  "@cindex inlining\n\
   2277   1.3  mrg This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
   2278   1.3  mrg into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
   2279   1.3  mrg attributes, @code{false} otherwise.  By default, if a function has a\n\
   2280   1.3  mrg target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
   2281   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree fndecl),
   2282   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2283   1.1  mrg 
   2284   1.1  mrg /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
   2285   1.1  mrg    Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules.  */
   2286   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2287   1.1  mrg (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
   2288   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
   2289   1.3  mrg @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
   2290   1.3  mrg Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
   2291   1.3  mrg unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
   2292   1.3  mrg different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
   2293   1.3  mrg alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
   2294   1.3  mrg bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
   2295   1.3  mrg the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
   2296   1.3  mrg (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
   2297   1.3  mrg another bit-field of nonzero size.  If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
   2298   1.3  mrg other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
   2299   1.3  mrg \n\
   2300   1.3  mrg When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
   2301   1.3  mrg of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
   2302   1.3  mrg bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
   2303   1.3  mrg and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
   2304   1.3  mrg chunk of 32 bits.  However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
   2305   1.3  mrg size is allocated).  In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
   2306   1.3  mrg alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
   2307   1.3  mrg \n\
   2308   1.3  mrg If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
   2309   1.3  mrg the latter will take precedence.  If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
   2310   1.3  mrg used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
   2311   1.3  mrg precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
   2312   1.3  mrg may affect its placement.",
   2313   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree record_type),
   2314   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2315   1.1  mrg 
   2316   1.1  mrg /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
   2317   1.1  mrg    target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
   2318   1.1  mrg    before switching completely to the target hook.  */
   2319   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2320   1.1  mrg (words_big_endian,
   2321   1.1  mrg  "",
   2322   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2323   1.1  mrg  targhook_words_big_endian)
   2324   1.1  mrg 
   2325   1.1  mrg /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN.  */
   2326   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2327   1.1  mrg (float_words_big_endian,
   2328   1.1  mrg  "",
   2329   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2330   1.1  mrg  targhook_float_words_big_endian)
   2331   1.1  mrg 
   2332   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2333   1.3  mrg (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
   2334  1.11  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
   2335  1.11  mrg and rounding modes, false otherwise.  This is intended to relate to the\n\
   2336  1.11  mrg @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
   2337  1.11  mrg By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
   2338  1.11  mrg available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
   2339  1.11  mrg point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
   2340  1.11  mrg does not.",
   2341   1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   2342   1.3  mrg  default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
   2343   1.3  mrg 
   2344   1.1  mrg /* True if the target supports decimal floating point.  */
   2345   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2346   1.1  mrg (decimal_float_supported_p,
   2347   1.3  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
   2348   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2349   1.1  mrg  default_decimal_float_supported_p)
   2350   1.1  mrg 
   2351   1.1  mrg /* True if the target supports fixed-point.  */
   2352   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2353   1.1  mrg (fixed_point_supported_p,
   2354   1.3  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
   2355   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2356   1.1  mrg  default_fixed_point_supported_p)
   2357   1.1  mrg 
   2358   1.1  mrg /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.  */
   2359   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2360   1.1  mrg (align_anon_bitfield,
   2361   1.3  mrg  "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
   2362   1.3  mrg whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
   2363   1.3  mrg structure.  The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
   2364   1.3  mrg the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
   2365   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2366   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2367   1.1  mrg 
   2368   1.1  mrg /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
   2369   1.1  mrg    Return false if they should use the container type.  */
   2370   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2371   1.1  mrg (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
   2372   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
   2373   1.3  mrg should use the narrowest mode possible.  It should return @code{false} if\n\
   2374   1.3  mrg these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
   2375   1.3  mrg \n\
   2376   1.3  mrg The default is @code{false}.",
   2377   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2378   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2379   1.1  mrg 
   2380   1.1  mrg /* Set up target-specific built-in functions.  */
   2381   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2382   1.1  mrg (init_builtins,
   2383   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
   2384   1.3  mrg that need to be defined.  It should be a function that performs the\n\
   2385   1.3  mrg necessary setup.\n\
   2386   1.3  mrg \n\
   2387   1.3  mrg Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
   2388   1.3  mrg instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
   2389   1.3  mrg they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
   2390   1.3  mrg instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
   2391   1.3  mrg \n\
   2392   1.3  mrg To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
   2393   1.3  mrg @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
   2394   1.3  mrg which is defined by the language front end.  You can use any type nodes set\n\
   2395   1.3  mrg up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
   2396   1.3  mrg only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
   2397   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
   2398   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   2399   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   2400   1.1  mrg 
   2401   1.1  mrg /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
   2402   1.1  mrg    built-in function decl for CODE.
   2403   1.1  mrg    Return NULL if that is not possible.  Return error_mark_node if CODE
   2404   1.1  mrg    is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes.  */
   2405   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2406   1.1  mrg (builtin_decl,
   2407   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
   2408   1.3  mrg that need to be defined.  It should be a function that returns the\n\
   2409   1.3  mrg builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
   2410   1.3  mrg If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
   2411   1.3  mrg if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
   2412   1.3  mrg If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
   2413   1.3  mrg @code{error_mark_node}.",
   2414   1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
   2415   1.1  mrg 
   2416   1.1  mrg /* Expand a target-specific builtin.  */
   2417   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2418   1.1  mrg (expand_builtin,
   2419   1.3  mrg  "\n\
   2420   1.3  mrg Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
   2421   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
   2422   1.3  mrg function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
   2423   1.3  mrg convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
   2424   1.3  mrg @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
   2425   1.3  mrg @var{exp}'s operands.  @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
   2426   1.3  mrg ignored.  This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
   2427   1.3  mrg built-in function.",
   2428   1.1  mrg  rtx,
   2429   1.3  mrg  (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
   2430   1.1  mrg  default_expand_builtin)
   2431   1.1  mrg 
   2432   1.1  mrg /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin.  This is done
   2433   1.1  mrg    *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
   2434   1.1  mrg    implement a crude form of function overloading.  The result is a
   2435   1.1  mrg    complete expression that implements the operation.  PARAMS really
   2436   1.1  mrg    has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here.  */
   2437   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2438   1.1  mrg (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
   2439   1.3  mrg  "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
   2440   1.3  mrg was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  This is done\n\
   2441   1.3  mrg @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
   2442   1.3  mrg implement a crude form of function overloading.  @var{fndecl} is the\n\
   2443   1.3  mrg declaration of the built-in function.  @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
   2444   1.3  mrg arguments passed to the built-in function.  The result is a\n\
   2445   1.3  mrg complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
   2446   1.3  mrg another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
   2447   1.3  mrg @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
   2448   1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
   2449   1.1  mrg 
   2450   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   2451   1.9  mrg (check_builtin_call,
   2452   1.9  mrg  "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
   2453   1.9  mrg function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
   2454   1.9  mrg signature.  Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
   2455   1.9  mrg and return false.\n\
   2456   1.9  mrg \n\
   2457   1.9  mrg This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
   2458   1.9  mrg The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
   2459   1.9  mrg but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
   2460   1.9  mrg step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}.  @var{loc} is the\n\
   2461   1.9  mrg location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
   2462   1.9  mrg of which there are @var{nargs}.  @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
   2463   1.9  mrg of each argument.",
   2464   1.9  mrg  bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
   2465   1.9  mrg 	tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
   2466   1.9  mrg  NULL)
   2467   1.9  mrg 
   2468   1.3  mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
   2469   1.3  mrg    and GENERIC.  */
   2470   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2471   1.1  mrg (fold_builtin,
   2472   1.3  mrg  "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
   2473   1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
   2474   1.3  mrg built-in function.  @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
   2475   1.3  mrg the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
   2476   1.3  mrg The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
   2477   1.3  mrg containing a simplified expression for the call's result.  If\n\
   2478   1.3  mrg @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
   2479   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
   2480   1.1  mrg  hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
   2481   1.1  mrg 
   2482   1.3  mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree.  */
   2483   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2484   1.3  mrg (gimple_fold_builtin,
   2485   1.3  mrg  "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
   2486   1.3  mrg by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
   2487   1.3  mrg statement holding the function call.  Returns true if any change\n\
   2488   1.3  mrg was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
   2489   1.3  mrg  bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
   2490   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
   2491   1.3  mrg 
   2492   1.1  mrg /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
   2493   1.1  mrg    determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used
   2494   1.1  mrg    during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
   2495   1.1  mrg    versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority
   2496   1.1  mrg    is checked for dispatching earlier.  DECL1 and DECL2 are
   2497   1.1  mrg    the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
   2498   1.1  mrg    if DECL1 is higher priority,  negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
   2499   1.1  mrg    and 0 if they are the same. */
   2500   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2501   1.1  mrg (compare_version_priority,
   2502   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
   2503   1.3  mrg determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used\n\
   2504   1.3  mrg during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
   2505   1.3  mrg versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority\n\
   2506   1.3  mrg is checked for dispatching earlier.  @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
   2507   1.3  mrg  the two function decls that will be compared.",
   2508   1.1  mrg  int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
   2509   1.1  mrg 
   2510   1.1  mrg /*  Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
   2511   1.1  mrg     function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
   2512   1.1  mrg     ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
   2513   1.1  mrg     must be generated.  */
   2514   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2515   1.1  mrg (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
   2516   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
   2517   1.3  mrg function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
   2518   1.3  mrg @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
   2519   1.3  mrg body must be generated.",
   2520   1.1  mrg  tree, (void *arg), NULL)
   2521   1.1  mrg 
   2522   1.1  mrg /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
   2523   1.1  mrg    versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
   2524   1.1  mrg    version at run-time.  DECL is one version from a set of semantically
   2525   1.1  mrg    identical versions.  */
   2526   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2527   1.1  mrg (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
   2528   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
   2529   1.3  mrg versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
   2530   1.3  mrg version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
   2531   1.3  mrg identical versions.",
   2532   1.1  mrg  tree, (void *decl), NULL)
   2533   1.1  mrg 
   2534   1.1  mrg /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
   2535   1.4  mrg    reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   2536   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2537   1.1  mrg (builtin_reciprocal,
   2538   1.4  mrg  "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
   2539   1.4  mrg reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
   2540   1.4  mrg @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
   2541   1.4  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl),
   2542   1.1  mrg  default_builtin_reciprocal)
   2543   1.1  mrg 
   2544   1.1  mrg /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
   2545   1.1  mrg    string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE.  In all other cases, return
   2546   1.1  mrg    NULL.  */
   2547   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2548   1.1  mrg (mangle_type,
   2549   1.3  mrg  "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
   2550   1.3  mrg uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
   2551   1.3  mrg to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
   2552   1.3  mrg mangled name.  The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
   2553   1.3  mrg the type to be mangled.  The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
   2554   1.3  mrg not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
   2555   1.3  mrg for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize.  If the\n\
   2556   1.3  mrg return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
   2557   1.3  mrg string constant.\n\
   2558   1.3  mrg \n\
   2559   1.3  mrg Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
   2560   1.3  mrg qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types.  Encode new\n\
   2561   1.3  mrg fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
   2562   1.3  mrg is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
   2563   1.3  mrg length of @var{name} in decimal.  Encode qualified versions of\n\
   2564   1.3  mrg ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
   2565   1.3  mrg @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
   2566   1.3  mrg @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
   2567   1.3  mrg code used to represent the unqualified version of this type.  (See\n\
   2568  1.11  mrg @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
   2569   1.3  mrg codes.)  In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
   2570   1.3  mrg spaces in your string.\n\
   2571   1.3  mrg \n\
   2572   1.3  mrg This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution.  If the mangled\n\
   2573   1.3  mrg name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
   2574   1.3  mrg can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
   2575   1.3  mrg before mangling.\n\
   2576   1.3  mrg \n\
   2577   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
   2578   1.3  mrg appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
   2579   1.3  mrg types.",
   2580   1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree type),
   2581   1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
   2582   1.1  mrg 
   2583   1.1  mrg /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target.  */
   2584   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2585   1.1  mrg (init_libfuncs,
   2586   1.3  mrg  "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
   2587   1.3  mrg existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
   2588  1.11  mrg @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
   2589   1.3  mrg @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
   2590   1.3  mrg library routines.\n\
   2591   1.3  mrg \n\
   2592   1.3  mrg The default is to do nothing.  Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
   2593   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   2594   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   2595   1.1  mrg 
   2596   1.1  mrg  /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __.  */
   2597   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2598   1.1  mrg (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
   2599   1.1  mrg  "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
   2600   1.1  mrg underscores.  If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
   2601   1.1  mrg instead.  E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}.  This\n\
   2602   1.1  mrg currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.  If this\n\
   2603   1.1  mrg is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
   2604   1.1  mrg @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
   2605   1.1  mrg   bool, false)
   2606   1.1  mrg 
   2607   1.1  mrg /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
   2608   1.1  mrg    has relocs, choose attributes for the section.  */
   2609   1.1  mrg /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION.  */
   2610   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2611   1.1  mrg (section_type_flags,
   2612   1.3  mrg  "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
   2613   1.3  mrg based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
   2614   1.3  mrg declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations.  @var{decl} may be\n\
   2615   1.3  mrg null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
   2616   1.3  mrg \n\
   2617   1.3  mrg The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
   2618   1.3  mrg read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}.  You should only\n\
   2619   1.3  mrg need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
   2620   1.3  mrg set via @code{__attribute__}.",
   2621   1.1  mrg  unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
   2622   1.1  mrg  default_section_type_flags)
   2623   1.1  mrg 
   2624   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2625   1.3  mrg (libc_has_function,
   2626   1.3  mrg  "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
   2627  1.11  mrg @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library.  If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
   2628  1.11  mrg the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
   2629  1.11  mrg types.  If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
   2630  1.11  mrg specific type.",
   2631  1.11  mrg  bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
   2632   1.3  mrg  default_libc_has_function)
   2633   1.3  mrg 
   2634   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   2635   1.9  mrg (libc_has_fast_function,
   2636   1.9  mrg  "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
   2637   1.9  mrg @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
   2638   1.9  mrg  bool, (int fcode),
   2639   1.9  mrg  default_libc_has_fast_function)
   2640   1.9  mrg 
   2641   1.1  mrg /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
   2642   1.1  mrg    not, at the current point in the compilation.  */
   2643   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2644   1.1  mrg (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
   2645   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
   2646   1.3  mrg instructions could be created.  On machines that require a register for\n\
   2647   1.3  mrg every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
   2648   1.3  mrg reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
   2649   1.3  mrg \n\
   2650   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   2651   1.3  mrg static bool\n\
   2652   1.3  mrg cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
   2653   1.3  mrg @{\n\
   2654   1.3  mrg   return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
   2655   1.3  mrg @}\n\
   2656   1.3  mrg @end smallexample",
   2657   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2658   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2659   1.1  mrg 
   2660   1.1  mrg /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE.  */
   2661   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2662   1.1  mrg (can_follow_jump,
   2663  1.11  mrg  "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
   2664  1.11  mrg return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
   2665  1.11  mrg false, if it can't.\n\
   2666  1.11  mrg For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
   2667  1.11  mrg follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
   2668   1.3  mrg  bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
   2669   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
   2670   1.1  mrg 
   2671   1.1  mrg /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution.  */
   2672   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2673   1.1  mrg (have_conditional_execution,
   2674   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
   2675   1.3  mrg This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
   2676   1.3  mrg modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
   2677   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2678   1.1  mrg  default_have_conditional_execution)
   2679   1.1  mrg 
   2680   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2681   1.3  mrg (gen_ccmp_first,
   2682   1.3  mrg  "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
   2683   1.4  mrg  sequence of conditional comparisions.  It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
   2684   1.4  mrg  with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
   2685   1.4  mrg  The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
   2686   1.4  mrg  insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
   2687   1.9  mrg  compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
   2688   1.4  mrg  @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
   2689   1.6  mrg  rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
   2690   1.3  mrg  NULL)
   2691   1.3  mrg 
   2692   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2693   1.3  mrg (gen_ccmp_next,
   2694   1.4  mrg  "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
   2695   1.4  mrg  of conditional comparisons.  It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
   2696   1.4  mrg  @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
   2697   1.4  mrg  The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
   2698   1.4  mrg  insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
   2699   1.4  mrg  compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.  The\n\
   2700   1.4  mrg  @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
   2701   1.4  mrg  or @code{gen_ccmp_next}.  It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
   2702   1.4  mrg  @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
   2703   1.4  mrg  be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
   2704   1.4  mrg  @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
   2705   1.4  mrg  @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
   2706   1.6  mrg  rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
   2707   1.3  mrg  NULL)
   2708   1.3  mrg 
   2709  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   2710  1.11  mrg (gen_memset_scratch_rtx,
   2711  1.11  mrg  "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
   2712  1.11  mrg be used when expanding memset calls.  The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
   2713  1.11  mrg register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset.  The default\n\
   2714  1.11  mrg is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
   2715  1.11  mrg  rtx, (machine_mode mode),
   2716  1.11  mrg  gen_reg_rtx)
   2717  1.11  mrg 
   2718   1.1  mrg /* Return a new value for loop unroll size.  */
   2719   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2720   1.1  mrg (loop_unroll_adjust,
   2721   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
   2722   1.3  mrg should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
   2723   1.3  mrg the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
   2724   1.3  mrg the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
   2725   1.3  mrg is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
   2726   1.3  mrg number of memory accesses.",
   2727   1.9  mrg  unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
   2728   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   2729   1.1  mrg 
   2730   1.1  mrg /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand.  */
   2731   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2732   1.1  mrg (legitimate_constant_p,
   2733   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
   2734   1.3  mrg @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine.  You can assume that\n\
   2735   1.3  mrg @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
   2736   1.3  mrg \n\
   2737   1.3  mrg The default definition returns true.",
   2738   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
   2739   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
   2740   1.1  mrg 
   2741  1.11  mrg /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed.  */
   2742  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   2743  1.11  mrg (precompute_tls_p,
   2744  1.11  mrg  "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
   2745  1.11  mrg machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
   2746  1.11  mrg You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
   2747  1.11  mrg check this.\n\
   2748  1.11  mrg \n\
   2749  1.11  mrg The default definition returns false.",
   2750  1.11  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
   2751  1.11  mrg  hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
   2752  1.11  mrg 
   2753   1.1  mrg /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool.  */
   2754   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2755   1.1  mrg (cannot_force_const_mem,
   2756   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
   2757   1.3  mrg should not) be spilled to the constant pool.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
   2758   1.3  mrg of @var{x}.\n\
   2759   1.3  mrg \n\
   2760   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
   2761   1.3  mrg \n\
   2762   1.3  mrg The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
   2763   1.3  mrg deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
   2764   1.3  mrg from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
   2765   1.3  mrg holding the constant.  This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
   2766   1.3  mrg of TLS symbols for various targets.",
   2767   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
   2768   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
   2769   1.1  mrg 
   2770   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2771   1.1  mrg (cannot_copy_insn_p,
   2772   1.1  mrg  "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
   2773   1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
   2774   1.1  mrg 
   2775   1.1  mrg /* True if X is considered to be commutative.  */
   2776   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2777   1.1  mrg (commutative_p,
   2778   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
   2779   1.3  mrg Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
   2780   1.3  mrg PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@.  @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
   2781   1.3  mrg of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
   2782   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
   2783   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
   2784   1.1  mrg 
   2785   1.1  mrg /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
   2786   1.1  mrg    on the mode of the memory reference it is used in.  */
   2787   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2788   1.1  mrg (mode_dependent_address_p,
   2789   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
   2790   1.3  mrg space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
   2791   1.3  mrg different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
   2792   1.3  mrg reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
   2793   1.3  mrg but not others.\n\
   2794   1.3  mrg \n\
   2795   1.3  mrg Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
   2796   1.3  mrg effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
   2797   1.3  mrg of the operand being addressed.  Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
   2798   1.3  mrg addresses.  Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
   2799   1.3  mrg \n\
   2800   1.3  mrg You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
   2801   1.3  mrg \n\
   2802   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
   2803   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
   2804   1.1  mrg  default_mode_dependent_address_p)
   2805   1.1  mrg 
   2806   1.1  mrg /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
   2807   1.1  mrg    ways to make it legitimate.  Return X or an invalid address on failure.  */
   2808   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2809   1.1  mrg (legitimize_address,
   2810   1.3  mrg  "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
   2811   1.3  mrg operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
   2812   1.3  mrg address.\n\
   2813   1.3  mrg \n\
   2814   1.3  mrg @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
   2815   1.3  mrg @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
   2816   1.3  mrg and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
   2817   1.3  mrg @var{x}.\n\
   2818   1.3  mrg \n\
   2819   1.3  mrg The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
   2820   1.3  mrg @var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
   2821   1.3  mrg should return the new @var{x}.\n\
   2822   1.3  mrg \n\
   2823   1.3  mrg It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
   2824   1.3  mrg with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
   2825   1.3  mrg The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases.  In fact, if\n\
   2826   1.3  mrg the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
   2827   1.3  mrg is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
   2828   1.3  mrg a valid way to legitimize the address.  But often a machine-dependent\n\
   2829   1.3  mrg strategy can generate better code.",
   2830   1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
   2831   1.1  mrg  default_legitimize_address)
   2832   1.1  mrg 
   2833   1.1  mrg /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.  */
   2834   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2835   1.1  mrg (delegitimize_address,
   2836   1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
   2837   1.3  mrg @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
   2838   1.3  mrg macros.  Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
   2839   1.3  mrg references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
   2840   1.3  mrg addressing modes.  This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
   2841   1.3  mrg the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
   2842   1.3  mrg into their original form.",
   2843   1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx x),
   2844   1.1  mrg  delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
   2845   1.1  mrg 
   2846   1.1  mrg /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
   2847   1.1  mrg    section.  */
   2848   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2849   1.1  mrg (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
   2850   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
   2851   1.3  mrg debug sections.",
   2852   1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx x),
   2853   1.7  mrg  default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
   2854   1.1  mrg 
   2855   1.1  mrg /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid.  */
   2856   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2857   1.1  mrg (legitimate_address_p,
   2858   1.3  mrg  "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
   2859   1.3  mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   2860   1.3  mrg \n\
   2861   1.3  mrg Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
   2862   1.3  mrg non-strict one.  The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
   2863   1.3  mrg desired by the caller.\n\
   2864   1.3  mrg \n\
   2865   1.3  mrg The strict variant is used in the reload pass.  It must be defined so\n\
   2866   1.3  mrg that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
   2867   1.3  mrg considered a memory reference.  This is because in contexts where some\n\
   2868   1.3  mrg kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
   2869   1.3  mrg must be rejected.  For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
   2870   1.3  mrg up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
   2871   1.3  mrg register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
   2872   1.3  mrg if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
   2873   1.3  mrg \n\
   2874   1.3  mrg The non-strict variant is used in other passes.  It must be defined to\n\
   2875   1.3  mrg accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
   2876   1.3  mrg register is required.\n\
   2877   1.3  mrg \n\
   2878   1.3  mrg Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
   2879   1.3  mrg and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
   2880   1.3  mrg constant.  Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
   2881   1.3  mrg specifically as legitimate addresses.  Normally you would simply\n\
   2882   1.3  mrg recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
   2883   1.3  mrg \n\
   2884   1.3  mrg Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
   2885   1.3  mrg sums that are not marked with  @code{const}.  It assumes that a naked\n\
   2886   1.3  mrg @code{plus} indicates indexing.  If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
   2887   1.3  mrg naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
   2888   1.3  mrg be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
   2889   1.3  mrg \n\
   2890   1.3  mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
   2891   1.3  mrg On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
   2892   1.3  mrg the section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the\n\
   2893   1.3  mrg target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
   2894   1.3  mrg into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  When you see a\n\
   2895   1.3  mrg @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
   2896   1.3  mrg @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section.  @xref{Assembler\n\
   2897   1.3  mrg Format}.\n\
   2898   1.3  mrg \n\
   2899   1.3  mrg @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
   2900   1.3  mrg Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
   2901   1.3  mrg this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro.  This macro\n\
   2902   1.3  mrg has this syntax:\n\
   2903   1.3  mrg \n\
   2904   1.3  mrg @example\n\
   2905   1.3  mrg #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
   2906   1.3  mrg @end example\n\
   2907   1.3  mrg \n\
   2908   1.3  mrg @noindent\n\
   2909   1.3  mrg and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
   2910   1.3  mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   2911   1.3  mrg \n\
   2912   1.3  mrg @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
   2913   1.3  mrg Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
   2914   1.3  mrg macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}.  You should use an\n\
   2915   1.3  mrg @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
   2916   1.3  mrg that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
   2917   1.3  mrg \n\
   2918   1.3  mrg Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
   2919   1.3  mrg files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
   2920   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
   2921   1.1  mrg  default_legitimate_address_p)
   2922   1.1  mrg 
   2923   1.1  mrg /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block.  */
   2924   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2925   1.1  mrg (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
   2926   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
   2927   1.3  mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
   2928   1.3  mrg of @var{x}.\n\
   2929   1.3  mrg \n\
   2930   1.3  mrg The default version returns false for all constants.",
   2931   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
   2932   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
   2933   1.1  mrg 
   2934   1.1  mrg /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block.  */
   2935   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2936   1.1  mrg (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
   2937   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
   2938   1.3  mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
   2939   1.3  mrg \n\
   2940   1.3  mrg The default version returns true for all decls.",
   2941   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree decl),
   2942   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_true)
   2943   1.1  mrg 
   2944   1.1  mrg /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses.  */
   2945   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2946   1.1  mrg (min_anchor_offset,
   2947   1.3  mrg  "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
   2948   1.3  mrg On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
   2949   1.3  mrg applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
   2950   1.3  mrg for every mode.  The default value is 0.",
   2951   1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   2952   1.1  mrg 
   2953   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2954   1.1  mrg (max_anchor_offset,
   2955   1.3  mrg  "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
   2956   1.3  mrg offset that should be applied to section anchors.  The default\n\
   2957   1.3  mrg value is 0.",
   2958   1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   2959   1.1  mrg 
   2960   1.1  mrg /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol.  */
   2961   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2962   1.1  mrg (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
   2963   1.3  mrg  "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
   2964   1.3  mrg @var{x}.  You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
   2965   1.3  mrg @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
   2966   1.3  mrg \n\
   2967   1.3  mrg The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
   2968   1.3  mrg intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
   2969   1.3  mrg or target-specific sections.",
   2970   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x),
   2971   1.1  mrg  default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
   2972   1.1  mrg 
   2973   1.3  mrg /* True if target supports indirect functions.  */
   2974   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2975   1.3  mrg (has_ifunc_p,
   2976   1.3  mrg  "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
   2977   1.3  mrg The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
   2978   1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
   2979   1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   2980   1.3  mrg  default_has_ifunc_p)
   2981   1.3  mrg 
   2982  1.11  mrg /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally.  */
   2983  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   2984  1.11  mrg (ifunc_ref_local_ok,
   2985  1.11  mrg  "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
   2986  1.11  mrg locally.  The default is to return false.",
   2987  1.11  mrg  bool, (void),
   2988  1.11  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2989  1.11  mrg 
   2990   1.1  mrg /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
   2991   1.1  mrg    call expression EXP.  DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
   2992   1.1  mrg    this is an indirect call.  */
   2993   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2994   1.1  mrg (function_ok_for_sibcall,
   2995   1.3  mrg  "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
   2996   1.3  mrg call expression @var{exp}.  @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
   2997   1.3  mrg or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
   2998   1.3  mrg \n\
   2999   1.3  mrg It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
   3000   1.3  mrg tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
   3001   1.3  mrg during PIC compilation.  The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
   3002   1.8  mrg as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
   3003   1.3  mrg ``normal'' call.  The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
   3004   1.3  mrg may vary greatly between different architectures.",
   3005   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
   3006   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
   3007   1.1  mrg 
   3008   1.1  mrg /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
   3009   1.1  mrg    FNDECL.  The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
   3010   1.1  mrg    level, outside of any function scope.  */
   3011   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3012   1.1  mrg (set_current_function,
   3013   1.3  mrg  "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
   3014   1.3  mrg context (@code{cfun}).  You can define this function if\n\
   3015   1.3  mrg the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
   3016   1.3  mrg per-function basis.  For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
   3017   1.3  mrg attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
   3018   1.3  mrg The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
   3019   1.3  mrg and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
   3020   1.3  mrg and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
   3021   1.3  mrg The default hook function does nothing.\n\
   3022   1.3  mrg \n\
   3023   1.3  mrg GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
   3024   1.3  mrg some parts of the back end.  The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
   3025   1.3  mrg situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
   3026   1.3  mrg or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
   3027   1.3  mrg @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
   3028   1.3  mrg outside of any function scope.",
   3029   1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
   3030   1.1  mrg 
   3031   1.1  mrg /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section.  */
   3032   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3033   1.1  mrg (in_small_data_p,
   3034   1.3  mrg  "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
   3035   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.",
   3036   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree exp),
   3037   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   3038   1.1  mrg 
   3039   1.1  mrg /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
   3040   1.1  mrg    to the current executable or shared library.  */
   3041   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3042   1.1  mrg (binds_local_p,
   3043   1.3  mrg  "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
   3044   1.3  mrg rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
   3045   1.3  mrg or executable image).\n\
   3046   1.3  mrg \n\
   3047   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
   3048   1.3  mrg for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
   3049   1.3  mrg currently supported object file formats.",
   3050   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree exp),
   3051   1.1  mrg  default_binds_local_p)
   3052   1.1  mrg 
   3053   1.1  mrg /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue.  */
   3054   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3055   1.1  mrg (profile_before_prologue,
   3056   1.1  mrg  "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
   3057   1.1  mrg The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
   3058   1.1  mrg @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
   3059   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   3060   1.1  mrg  default_profile_before_prologue)
   3061   1.1  mrg 
   3062   1.3  mrg /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
   3063   1.3  mrg    enabled.  */
   3064   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3065   1.3  mrg (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
   3066  1.11  mrg  "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
   3067  1.11  mrg the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount.  This might\n\
   3068  1.11  mrg make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
   3069  1.11  mrg stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
   3070  1.11  mrg mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
   3071   1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   3072   1.3  mrg  default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
   3073   1.3  mrg 
   3074   1.1  mrg /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
   3075   1.1  mrg    originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
   3076   1.1  mrg    (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
   3077   1.1  mrg    The default is to return ID without modification. */
   3078   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3079   1.1  mrg (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
   3080   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
   3081   1.3  mrg by target-independent code.  The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
   3082   1.3  mrg the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
   3083   1.3  mrg or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++).  The return value of the\n\
   3084   1.3  mrg hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
   3085   1.3  mrg your target system.  The default implementation of this hook just\n\
   3086   1.3  mrg returns the @var{id} provided.",
   3087   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree decl, tree  id),
   3088   1.1  mrg  default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
   3089   1.1  mrg 
   3090   1.1  mrg /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
   3091   1.1  mrg    the associated SYMBOL_REF.  */
   3092   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3093   1.1  mrg (encode_section_info,
   3094   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
   3095   1.3  mrg treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
   3096   1.3  mrg function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
   3097   1.3  mrg \n\
   3098   1.3  mrg The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
   3099   1.3  mrg @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
   3100   1.3  mrg an entry in the constant pool.  In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
   3101   1.3  mrg rtl in question.  Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
   3102   1.3  mrg in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
   3103   1.3  mrg \n\
   3104   1.3  mrg In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
   3105   1.3  mrg a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}.  Most decls\n\
   3106   1.3  mrg will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed.  Global\n\
   3107   1.3  mrg register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
   3108   1.3  mrg rtl.  (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
   3109   1.3  mrg leave it alone.)\n\
   3110   1.3  mrg \n\
   3111   1.3  mrg The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
   3112   1.3  mrg that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl.  It will\n\
   3113   1.3  mrg be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
   3114   1.3  mrg declarations.  Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
   3115   1.3  mrg declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
   3116   1.3  mrg @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
   3117   1.3  mrg \n\
   3118   1.3  mrg @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
   3119   1.3  mrg The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
   3120   1.3  mrg @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
   3121   1.3  mrg Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
   3122   1.3  mrg encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
   3123   1.3  mrg discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
   3124   1.3  mrg \n\
   3125   1.3  mrg The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
   3126  1.11  mrg in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
   3127   1.3  mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.  Check whether the default does what you need\n\
   3128   1.3  mrg before overriding it.",
   3129   1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
   3130   1.1  mrg  default_encode_section_info)
   3131   1.1  mrg 
   3132   1.1  mrg /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string.  */
   3133   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3134   1.1  mrg (strip_name_encoding,
   3135   1.3  mrg  "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
   3136   1.3  mrg the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
   3137   1.3  mrg may have added.",
   3138   1.1  mrg  const char *, (const char *name),
   3139   1.1  mrg  default_strip_name_encoding)
   3140   1.1  mrg 
   3141   1.1  mrg /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
   3142   1.1  mrg    return the mask that they apply.  Return 0 otherwise.  */
   3143   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3144   1.1  mrg (shift_truncation_mask,
   3145   1.3  mrg  "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
   3146   1.3  mrg deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
   3147   1.3  mrg @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
   3148   1.3  mrg \n\
   3149   1.3  mrg On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
   3150   1.3  mrg shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
   3151   1.3  mrg equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}.  If\n\
   3152   1.3  mrg this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
   3153   1.3  mrg otherwise it should return 0.  A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
   3154   1.3  mrg particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
   3155   1.3  mrg \n\
   3156   1.3  mrg Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
   3157   1.3  mrg @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
   3158   1.3  mrg that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
   3159   1.3  mrg \n\
   3160   1.3  mrg The default implementation of this function returns\n\
   3161   1.3  mrg @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
   3162   1.3  mrg and 0 otherwise.  This definition is always safe, but if\n\
   3163   1.3  mrg @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
   3164   1.3  mrg nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
   3165   1.3  mrg by overriding it.",
   3166   1.3  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
   3167   1.1  mrg  default_shift_truncation_mask)
   3168   1.1  mrg 
   3169   1.1  mrg /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
   3170   1.1  mrg    so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
   3171   1.1  mrg    the reciprocal.  */
   3172   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3173   1.1  mrg (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
   3174   1.3  mrg  "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
   3175   1.3  mrg divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
   3176   1.3  mrg the reciprocal.  This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
   3177   1.3  mrg that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
   3178   1.3  mrg of mode @var{mode}.  The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
   3179   1.3  mrg has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
   3180   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
   3181   1.1  mrg  default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
   3182   1.1  mrg 
   3183   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3184   1.7  mrg (truly_noop_truncation,
   3185   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
   3186   1.7  mrg @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
   3187   1.7  mrg smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
   3188   1.7  mrg @var{outprec} bits.  The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
   3189  1.11  mrg is correct for most machines.  When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
   3190  1.11  mrg returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
   3191  1.11  mrg optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
   3192   1.7  mrg \n\
   3193   1.7  mrg If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
   3194   1.7  mrg suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
   3195   1.7  mrg mode sizes.  Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
   3196   1.7  mrg  bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
   3197   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
   3198   1.7  mrg 
   3199   1.1  mrg /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
   3200   1.1  mrg    always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
   3201   1.1  mrg    SIGN_EXTEND.  Return UNKNOWN otherwise.  */
   3202   1.1  mrg /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
   3203   1.1  mrg    necessarily defined at this point.  */
   3204   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3205   1.1  mrg (mode_rep_extended,
   3206   1.3  mrg  "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
   3207   1.3  mrg are always extended to a wider integral mode.  Return\n\
   3208   1.3  mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
   3209   1.3  mrg sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}.  Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
   3210   1.3  mrg otherwise.  (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
   3211   1.3  mrg representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
   3212   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
   3213   1.3  mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}.  Also no target extends\n\
   3214   1.3  mrg @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
   3215   1.3  mrg widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
   3216   1.3  mrg \n\
   3217   1.3  mrg Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
   3218   1.3  mrg value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
   3219   1.3  mrg as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
   3220   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
   3221   1.3  mrg \n\
   3222   1.3  mrg Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
   3223   1.3  mrg describe two related properties.  If you define\n\
   3224   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
   3225   1.3  mrg to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
   3226   1.3  mrg extension.\n\
   3227   1.3  mrg \n\
   3228   1.3  mrg In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
   3229   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
   3230   1.3  mrg @code{mode}.",
   3231   1.7  mrg  int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
   3232   1.1  mrg  default_mode_rep_extended)
   3233   1.1  mrg 
   3234  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   3235   1.8  mrg (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
   3236   1.8  mrg  "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
   3237   1.8  mrg   that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
   3238   1.8  mrg   @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
   3239   1.8  mrg   \n\
   3240   1.8  mrg   This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
   3241   1.8  mrg   non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
   3242   1.8  mrg   live across @code{setjmp} calls.  Define this to return true if the\n\
   3243   1.8  mrg   target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
   3244   1.8  mrg   The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
   3245   1.8  mrg   spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
   3246   1.8  mrg  bool, (void),
   3247   1.8  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   3248   1.8  mrg 
   3249   1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))).  */
   3250   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3251   1.1  mrg (valid_pointer_mode,
   3252   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
   3253   1.3  mrg with machine mode @var{mode}.  The default version of this\n\
   3254   1.3  mrg hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
   3255   1.7  mrg  bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
   3256   1.1  mrg  default_valid_pointer_mode)
   3257   1.1  mrg 
   3258   1.1  mrg /* Disambiguate with errno.  */
   3259   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3260   1.1  mrg (ref_may_alias_errno,
   3261  1.11  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
   3262  1.11  mrg may alias with the system C library errno location.  The default\n\
   3263  1.11  mrg version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
   3264  1.11  mrg is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
   3265  1.11  mrg a pointer to int.",
   3266   1.9  mrg  bool, (ao_ref *ref),
   3267   1.1  mrg  default_ref_may_alias_errno)
   3268   1.1  mrg 
   3269   1.1  mrg /* Support for named address spaces.  */
   3270   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   3271   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
   3272   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
   3273   1.1  mrg 
   3274   1.1  mrg /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space.  */
   3275   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3276   1.1  mrg (pointer_mode,
   3277   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
   3278   1.3  mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
   3279   1.4  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
   3280   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
   3281   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
   3282   1.1  mrg 
   3283   1.1  mrg /* MODE to use for an address in another address space.  */
   3284   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3285   1.1  mrg (address_mode,
   3286   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
   3287   1.3  mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
   3288   1.4  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
   3289   1.7  mrg  scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
   3290   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_address_mode)
   3291   1.1  mrg 
   3292   1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
   3293   1.1  mrg    in another address space.  */
   3294   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3295   1.1  mrg (valid_pointer_mode,
   3296   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
   3297   1.3  mrg with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
   3298   1.3  mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
   3299   1.3  mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support.  The default\n\
   3300   1.3  mrg version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
   3301   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
   3302   1.3  mrg target hooks for the given address space.",
   3303   1.7  mrg  bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
   3304   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
   3305   1.1  mrg 
   3306   1.1  mrg /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
   3307   1.1  mrg    space for a given mode.  */
   3308   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3309   1.1  mrg (legitimate_address_p,
   3310   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
   3311   1.3  mrg @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  The @var{strict}\n\
   3312   1.3  mrg parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
   3313   1.3  mrg finished.  This target hook is the same as the\n\
   3314   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
   3315   1.3  mrg explicit named address space support.",
   3316   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
   3317   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
   3318   1.1  mrg 
   3319   1.1  mrg /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
   3320   1.1  mrg    address space to a valid one.  If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
   3321   1.1  mrg    independent methods to make the address valid.  */
   3322   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3323   1.1  mrg (legitimize_address,
   3324   1.3  mrg  "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
   3325   1.3  mrg with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
   3326   1.3  mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
   3327   1.3  mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
   3328   1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
   3329   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
   3330   1.1  mrg 
   3331   1.1  mrg /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
   3332   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3333   1.1  mrg (subset_p,
   3334   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
   3335   1.3  mrg contained within the @var{superset} named address space.  Pointers to\n\
   3336   1.3  mrg a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
   3337   1.3  mrg will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
   3338   1.3  mrg arithmetic operations.  Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
   3339   1.3  mrg converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
   3340   1.1  mrg  bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
   3341   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_subset_p)
   3342   1.1  mrg 
   3343   1.4  mrg /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
   3344   1.4  mrg    0 is a NULL in the address space.  */
   3345   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   3346   1.4  mrg (zero_address_valid,
   3347   1.4  mrg  "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
   3348   1.4  mrg address space.  Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
   3349   1.4  mrg  bool, (addr_space_t as),
   3350   1.4  mrg  default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
   3351   1.4  mrg 
   3352   1.1  mrg /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another.  */
   3353   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3354   1.1  mrg (convert,
   3355   1.3  mrg  "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
   3356   1.3  mrg @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
   3357   1.3  mrg space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
   3358   1.3  mrg to a different named address space.  When this hook it called, it is\n\
   3359   1.3  mrg guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
   3360   1.3  mrg as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
   3361   1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
   3362   1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_convert)
   3363   1.1  mrg 
   3364   1.4  mrg /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf.  */
   3365   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   3366   1.4  mrg (debug,
   3367   1.4  mrg  "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
   3368   1.4  mrg The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
   3369   1.4  mrg  int, (addr_space_t as),
   3370   1.4  mrg  default_addr_space_debug)
   3371   1.4  mrg 
   3372   1.6  mrg /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used.  */
   3373   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   3374   1.6  mrg (diagnose_usage,
   3375   1.6  mrg  "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
   3376   1.6  mrg command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
   3377   1.6  mrg address space is used.  This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
   3378   1.6  mrg to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
   3379   1.6  mrg was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.  @var{as} is\n\
   3380   1.6  mrg the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
   3381   1.6  mrg @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
   3382   1.6  mrg The default implementation does nothing.",
   3383   1.6  mrg  void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
   3384   1.6  mrg  default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
   3385   1.6  mrg 
   3386   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
   3387   1.1  mrg 
   3388   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   3389   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   3390   1.1  mrg 
   3391   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3392  1.11  mrg (lower_local_decl_alignment,
   3393  1.11  mrg  "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
   3394  1.11  mrg decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
   3395  1.11  mrg  void, (tree decl),
   3396  1.11  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   3397  1.11  mrg 
   3398  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   3399   1.7  mrg (static_rtx_alignment,
   3400   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
   3401   1.7  mrg statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry.  @var{mode}\n\
   3402   1.7  mrg is the mode of the rtx.  The default implementation returns\n\
   3403   1.7  mrg @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
   3404   1.7  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
   3405   1.7  mrg  default_static_rtx_alignment)
   3406   1.7  mrg 
   3407   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3408   1.7  mrg (constant_alignment,
   3409   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
   3410   1.7  mrg placed in memory.  @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
   3411   1.7  mrg is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
   3412   1.7  mrg \n\
   3413   1.7  mrg The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
   3414   1.7  mrg \n\
   3415   1.7  mrg The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
   3416   1.7  mrg constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
   3417   1.7  mrg constants can be done inline.  The function\n\
   3418   1.7  mrg @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
   3419   1.7  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
   3420   1.7  mrg  default_constant_alignment)
   3421   1.7  mrg 
   3422   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
   3423   1.8  mrg (translate_mode_attribute,
   3424   1.8  mrg  "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
   3425   1.8  mrg translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode.  For example, rs6000's\n\
   3426   1.8  mrg @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
   3427   1.8  mrg \n\
   3428   1.8  mrg The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
   3429   1.8  mrg  machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
   3430   1.8  mrg  default_translate_mode_attribute)
   3431   1.8  mrg 
   3432   1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for the target.  By "valid", we mean able to
   3433   1.1  mrg    be manipulated in non-trivial ways.  In particular, this means all
   3434   1.1  mrg    the arithmetic is supported.  */
   3435   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3436   1.1  mrg (scalar_mode_supported_p,
   3437   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
   3438   1.3  mrg insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}.  For a scalar mode to be\n\
   3439   1.3  mrg considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
   3440   1.3  mrg must work.\n\
   3441   1.3  mrg \n\
   3442   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
   3443   1.3  mrg required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
   3444   1.3  mrg Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
   3445  1.11  mrg code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
   3446   1.7  mrg  bool, (scalar_mode mode),
   3447   1.1  mrg  default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
   3448   1.1  mrg 
   3449   1.1  mrg /* Similarly for vector modes.  "Supported" here is less strict.  At
   3450   1.1  mrg    least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
   3451   1.1  mrg    for further details.  */
   3452   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3453   1.1  mrg (vector_mode_supported_p,
   3454   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
   3455   1.3  mrg insns involving vector mode @var{mode}.  At the very least, it\n\
   3456   1.3  mrg must have move patterns for this mode.",
   3457   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3458   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_false)
   3459   1.1  mrg 
   3460   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3461   1.9  mrg (compatible_vector_types_p,
   3462   1.9  mrg  "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
   3463   1.9  mrg vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types.  The caller\n\
   3464   1.9  mrg has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
   3465   1.9  mrg types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
   3466   1.9  mrg and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
   3467   1.9  mrg \n\
   3468   1.9  mrg The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
   3469   1.9  mrg that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
   3470   1.9  mrg For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
   3471   1.9  mrg to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
   3472   1.9  mrg @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
   3473   1.9  mrg before, to maintain backwards compatibility.  However, it may also\n\
   3474   1.9  mrg provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
   3475   1.9  mrg and returned in a more efficient way.  It is then important to maintain\n\
   3476   1.9  mrg a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
   3477   1.9  mrg architecture-specific ones.\n\
   3478   1.9  mrg \n\
   3479   1.9  mrg The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
   3480   1.9  mrg  bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
   3481   1.9  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
   3482   1.9  mrg 
   3483   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   3484   1.1  mrg (vector_alignment,
   3485   1.1  mrg  "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
   3486   1.1  mrg @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI.  The default is to\n\
   3487   1.1  mrg require natural alignment for vector types.  The alignment returned by\n\
   3488   1.1  mrg this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
   3489   1.1  mrg the vector element type.",
   3490   1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
   3491   1.1  mrg  default_vector_alignment)
   3492   1.1  mrg 
   3493   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3494   1.7  mrg (array_mode,
   3495   1.7  mrg  "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
   3496   1.7  mrg @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
   3497   1.7  mrg Return no mode if the target has no special requirements.  In the\n\
   3498   1.7  mrg latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
   3499   1.7  mrg if available and uses BLKmode otherwise.  Usually the search for the\n\
   3500   1.7  mrg integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
   3501   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
   3502   1.7  mrg used in specific cases.\n\
   3503   1.7  mrg \n\
   3504   1.7  mrg The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
   3505   1.7  mrg also have a vector mode.  The default implementation returns no mode.",
   3506   1.7  mrg  opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
   3507   1.7  mrg  hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
   3508   1.7  mrg 
   3509   1.1  mrg /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
   3510   1.1  mrg    overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit.  */
   3511   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3512   1.1  mrg (array_mode_supported_p,
   3513   1.1  mrg  "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
   3514   1.1  mrg of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
   3515   1.1  mrg Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
   3516   1.1  mrg and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
   3517   1.1  mrg \n\
   3518   1.1  mrg One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
   3519   1.1  mrg that operate on several homogeneous vectors.  For example, ARM NEON\n\
   3520   1.1  mrg has operations like:\n\
   3521   1.1  mrg \n\
   3522   1.1  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3523   1.1  mrg int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
   3524   1.1  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3525   1.1  mrg \n\
   3526   1.1  mrg where the return type is defined as:\n\
   3527   1.1  mrg \n\
   3528   1.1  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3529   1.1  mrg typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
   3530   1.1  mrg @{\n\
   3531   1.1  mrg   int8x8_t val[3];\n\
   3532   1.1  mrg @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
   3533   1.1  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3534   1.1  mrg \n\
   3535   1.1  mrg If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
   3536   1.1  mrg @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode.  GCC can then store\n\
   3537   1.1  mrg @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
   3538   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
   3539   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
   3540   1.1  mrg 
   3541   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3542   1.3  mrg (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
   3543   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
   3544   1.3  mrg floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
   3545   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}.  The default version of this \n\
   3546   1.3  mrg hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
   3547   1.3  mrg @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
   3548   1.7  mrg  bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
   3549   1.3  mrg  default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
   3550   1.3  mrg 
   3551   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   3552   1.6  mrg (floatn_mode,
   3553   1.6  mrg  "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
   3554   1.6  mrg @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
   3555   1.7  mrg @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true.  If such a type is not\n\
   3556   1.7  mrg supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The default version of\n\
   3557   1.7  mrg this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
   3558   1.6  mrg @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
   3559   1.6  mrg @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
   3560   1.6  mrg those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
   3561   1.6  mrg @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
   3562   1.6  mrg returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
   3563   1.6  mrg satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
   3564   1.7  mrg @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The hook is only called for values\n\
   3565   1.7  mrg of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
   3566   1.7  mrg ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
   3567   1.7  mrg if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
   3568   1.7  mrg  opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
   3569   1.6  mrg  default_floatn_mode)
   3570   1.6  mrg 
   3571   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3572   1.7  mrg (floatn_builtin_p,
   3573   1.7  mrg   "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
   3574   1.7  mrg @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
   3575   1.7  mrg built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
   3576   1.7  mrg normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix.  The default is\n\
   3577   1.7  mrg to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
   3578   1.7  mrg the GNU C langauge.  In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
   3579   1.7  mrg the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled.  The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
   3580   1.7  mrg @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
   3581   1.7  mrg  bool, (int func),
   3582   1.7  mrg  default_floatn_builtin_p)
   3583   1.7  mrg 
   3584   1.1  mrg /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
   3585   1.1  mrg    TO, using MODE.  */
   3586   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3587   1.1  mrg (register_move_cost,
   3588   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
   3589   1.3  mrg from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes\n\
   3590   1.3  mrg are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
   3591   1.3  mrg A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
   3592   1.3  mrg that.\n\
   3593   1.3  mrg \n\
   3594   1.3  mrg It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
   3595   1.3  mrg same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
   3596   1.3  mrg registers if they are not general registers.\n\
   3597   1.3  mrg \n\
   3598   1.3  mrg If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
   3599   1.3  mrg hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
   3600   1.3  mrg classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
   3601   1.3  mrg constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
   3602   1.3  mrg allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this\n\
   3603   1.3  mrg if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
   3604   1.3  mrg \n\
   3605   1.3  mrg The default version of this function returns 2.",
   3606   1.3  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
   3607   1.1  mrg  default_register_move_cost)
   3608   1.1  mrg 
   3609   1.1  mrg /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory.  */
   3610   1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
   3611   1.1  mrg    license grant.  Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS.  */
   3612   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3613   1.1  mrg (memory_move_cost,
   3614   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
   3615   1.3  mrg between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
   3616   1.3  mrg if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
   3617   1.3  mrg This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
   3618   1.3  mrg If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
   3619   1.3  mrg registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
   3620   1.3  mrg \n\
   3621   1.3  mrg If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
   3622   1.3  mrg the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
   3623   1.3  mrg needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
   3624   1.3  mrg between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
   3625   1.3  mrg more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
   3626   1.3  mrg reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
   3627   1.3  mrg \n\
   3628   1.3  mrg GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
   3629   1.3  mrg secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
   3630   1.3  mrg a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
   3631   1.3  mrg secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
   3632   1.3  mrg 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
   3633   1.3  mrg value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function\n\
   3634   1.3  mrg are the same as to this target hook.",
   3635   1.3  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
   3636   1.1  mrg  default_memory_move_cost)
   3637   1.1  mrg 
   3638   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3639   1.3  mrg (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
   3640   1.3  mrg  "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
   3641   1.3  mrg two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
   3642   1.3  mrg when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
   3643   1.3  mrg implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
   3644   1.3  mrg insns.  Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
   3645   1.9  mrg @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
   3646   1.3  mrg unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
   3647   1.3  mrg \n\
   3648   1.3  mrg This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
   3649   1.3  mrg given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
   3650   1.3  mrg infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
   3651   1.3  mrg Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
   3652   1.3  mrg units.\n\
   3653   1.3  mrg \n\
   3654   1.3  mrg The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
   3655   1.6  mrg @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
   3656   1.6  mrg @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}.  These describe the type of memory operation\n\
   3657   1.6  mrg under consideration.\n\
   3658   1.3  mrg \n\
   3659   1.3  mrg The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
   3660   1.3  mrg optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
   3661   1.3  mrg \n\
   3662   1.3  mrg Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
   3663   1.3  mrg for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
   3664   1.9  mrg @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
   3665   1.3  mrg @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
   3666   1.3  mrg insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
   3667   1.3  mrg the body of the memory operation.\n\
   3668   1.3  mrg \n\
   3669   1.3  mrg Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
   3670   1.3  mrg in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
   3671   1.3  mrg move would be greater than that of a library call.",
   3672   1.3  mrg  bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
   3673   1.3  mrg         enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
   3674   1.3  mrg  default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
   3675   1.3  mrg 
   3676   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   3677  1.11  mrg (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
   3678  1.11  mrg  "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
   3679  1.11  mrg infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
   3680  1.11  mrg in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
   3681  1.11  mrg region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
   3682  1.11  mrg  bool, (void),
   3683  1.11  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   3684  1.11  mrg 
   3685  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   3686   1.6  mrg (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
   3687   1.6  mrg  "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
   3688   1.6  mrg number of branches at the expense of more memory operations.  This hook\n\
   3689   1.6  mrg allows the target to override the default choice.  It should return the\n\
   3690   1.6  mrg factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
   3691   1.6  mrg one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece.  A port can also prevent a\n\
   3692   1.6  mrg particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
   3693   1.6  mrg negative number from this hook.",
   3694   1.6  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode),
   3695   1.6  mrg  default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
   3696   1.6  mrg 
   3697   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   3698   1.7  mrg (slow_unaligned_access,
   3699   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
   3700   1.7  mrg @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
   3701   1.7  mrg than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
   3702   1.8  mrg This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
   3703   1.7  mrg @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
   3704   1.7  mrg \n\
   3705   1.7  mrg When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
   3706   1.7  mrg @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
   3707   1.7  mrg moves.  This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
   3708   1.7  mrg Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
   3709   1.7  mrg add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
   3710   1.7  mrg \n\
   3711   1.7  mrg The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
   3712   1.7  mrg The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
   3713   1.7  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
   3714   1.7  mrg  default_slow_unaligned_access)
   3715   1.7  mrg 
   3716   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3717   1.4  mrg (optab_supported_p,
   3718   1.4  mrg  "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
   3719   1.4  mrg modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
   3720   1.4  mrg The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
   3721   1.4  mrg whose C condition is true.  @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
   3722   1.4  mrg optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
   3723   1.4  mrg \n\
   3724   1.4  mrg For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
   3725   1.4  mrg @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
   3726   1.4  mrg optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
   3727   1.4  mrg \n\
   3728   1.4  mrg The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
   3729   1.4  mrg  bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
   3730   1.4  mrg 	optimization_type opt_type),
   3731   1.4  mrg  default_optab_supported_p)
   3732   1.4  mrg 
   3733   1.1  mrg /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
   3734   1.1  mrg    be allocated to registers in a small register class.  The compiler is
   3735   1.1  mrg    allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
   3736   1.1  mrg    but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers.  */
   3737   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3738   1.1  mrg (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
   3739   1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
   3740   1.3  mrg small register classes.  If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
   3741   1.3  mrg @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
   3742   1.3  mrg in @var{mode}.  The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
   3743   1.3  mrg In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
   3744   1.3  mrg for any mode.\n\
   3745   1.3  mrg \n\
   3746   1.3  mrg On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
   3747   1.3  mrg insns.  Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
   3748   1.3  mrg to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
   3749   1.3  mrg if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
   3750   1.3  mrg insn.\n\
   3751   1.3  mrg \n\
   3752   1.3  mrg Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
   3753   1.3  mrg in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
   3754   1.3  mrg the instruction are already known.  And for some machines, register\n\
   3755   1.3  mrg classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
   3756   1.3  mrg registers.  For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
   3757   1.3  mrg registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
   3758   1.3  mrg SSE registers for floating point operations.  On such targets, a good\n\
   3759   1.3  mrg strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
   3760   1.3  mrg machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
   3761   1.3  mrg \n\
   3762   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false for any mode.  It is always\n\
   3763   1.3  mrg safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value.  But if you\n\
   3764   1.3  mrg unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
   3765   1.3  mrg that can be performed in some cases.  If you do not define this hook\n\
   3766   1.3  mrg to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
   3767   1.3  mrg of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
   3768   1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3769   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_false)
   3770   1.1  mrg 
   3771   1.1  mrg /* Register number for a flags register.  Only needs to be defined if the
   3772   1.1  mrg    target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination.  */
   3773   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   3774   1.1  mrg (flags_regnum,
   3775   1.9  mrg  "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
   3776   1.9  mrg post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
   3777   1.9  mrg then this value should be set appropriately.",
   3778   1.9  mrg unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
   3779   1.1  mrg 
   3780   1.1  mrg /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X.  Return true if the complete
   3781   1.1  mrg    cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
   3782   1.1  mrg    scanned.  In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result.  */
   3783   1.4  mrg /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
   3784   1.1  mrg    not necessarily defined at this point.  */
   3785   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3786   1.1  mrg (rtx_costs,
   3787   1.3  mrg  "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
   3788   1.3  mrg \n\
   3789   1.3  mrg The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
   3790   1.3  mrg available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
   3791   1.3  mrg as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
   3792   1.3  mrg That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
   3793   1.3  mrg that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
   3794   1.3  mrg either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
   3795   1.3  mrg (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
   3796   1.3  mrg \n\
   3797   1.4  mrg @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
   3798   1.4  mrg do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
   3799   1.3  mrg \n\
   3800   1.3  mrg In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
   3801   1.3  mrg @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
   3802   1.3  mrg instructions.\n\
   3803   1.3  mrg \n\
   3804   1.3  mrg On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
   3805   1.3  mrg for the cost of the expression.  The hook should modify this value as\n\
   3806   1.3  mrg necessary.  Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
   3807   1.3  mrg for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
   3808   1.3  mrg operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
   3809   1.3  mrg \n\
   3810   1.3  mrg When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
   3811   1.3  mrg false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
   3812   1.3  mrg size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
   3813   1.3  mrg \n\
   3814   1.3  mrg The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
   3815   1.3  mrg processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
   3816   1.4  mrg  bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
   3817   1.4  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
   3818   1.1  mrg 
   3819   1.1  mrg /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address.  Never called with
   3820   1.1  mrg    invalid addresses.  */
   3821   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3822   1.1  mrg (address_cost,
   3823   1.3  mrg  "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
   3824   1.3  mrg @var{address}.  If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
   3825   1.3  mrg the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
   3826   1.3  mrg \n\
   3827   1.3  mrg For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
   3828   1.3  mrg true cost of the addressing mode.  However, on RISC machines, all\n\
   3829   1.3  mrg instructions normally have the same length and execution time.  Hence\n\
   3830   1.3  mrg all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
   3831   1.3  mrg \n\
   3832   1.3  mrg In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
   3833   1.3  mrg the lowest cost will be used.  If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
   3834   1.3  mrg cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
   3835   1.3  mrg \n\
   3836   1.3  mrg For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
   3837   1.3  mrg and a constant is used twice in the same basic block.  When this macro\n\
   3838   1.3  mrg is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
   3839   1.3  mrg references will be indirect through that register.  On machines where\n\
   3840   1.3  mrg the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
   3841   1.3  mrg that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
   3842   1.3  mrg instruction and possibly require an additional register.  Proper\n\
   3843   1.3  mrg specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
   3844   1.3  mrg \n\
   3845   1.3  mrg This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
   3846   1.3  mrg \n\
   3847   1.3  mrg On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
   3848   1.3  mrg cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
   3849   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
   3850   1.3  mrg be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
   3851   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner.  This effect\n\
   3852   1.3  mrg should be considered in the definition of this macro.  Equivalent costs\n\
   3853   1.3  mrg should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
   3854   1.3  mrg registers on machines with lots of registers.",
   3855   1.3  mrg  int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
   3856   1.1  mrg  default_address_cost)
   3857   1.1  mrg 
   3858   1.7  mrg /* Compute a cost for INSN.  */
   3859   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3860   1.7  mrg (insn_cost,
   3861   1.7  mrg  "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
   3862   1.7  mrg \n\
   3863   1.7  mrg In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
   3864   1.7  mrg @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
   3865   1.7  mrg instructions.\n\
   3866   1.7  mrg \n\
   3867   1.7  mrg When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
   3868   1.7  mrg false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
   3869   1.7  mrg size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
   3870   1.7  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
   3871   1.7  mrg 
   3872   1.6  mrg /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge.  Like BRANCH_COST, but with
   3873   1.6  mrg    well defined units.  */
   3874   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   3875   1.6  mrg (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
   3876   1.6  mrg  "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
   3877   1.6  mrg giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
   3878   1.6  mrg if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
   3879   1.6  mrg The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
   3880   1.6  mrg that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
   3881   1.6  mrg @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.  This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
   3882   1.6  mrg unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
   3883   1.6  mrg RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
   3884   1.6  mrg is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
   3885   1.6  mrg \n\
   3886   1.6  mrg @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
   3887   1.6  mrg branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
   3888   1.6  mrg were true.\n\
   3889   1.6  mrg \n\
   3890   1.6  mrg The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
   3891   1.6  mrg @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
   3892   1.6  mrg and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
   3893   1.6  mrg unsigned int, (edge e),
   3894   1.6  mrg default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
   3895   1.6  mrg 
   3896   1.6  mrg /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
   3897   1.6  mrg    as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence.  */
   3898   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   3899   1.6  mrg (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
   3900   1.6  mrg  "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
   3901   1.6  mrg candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
   3902   1.6  mrg @code{if_info}.",
   3903   1.6  mrg bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
   3904   1.6  mrg default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
   3905   1.6  mrg 
   3906  1.11  mrg /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
   3907  1.11  mrg    memref in insn.  */
   3908  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   3909  1.11  mrg (new_address_profitable_p,
   3910  1.11  mrg  "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
   3911  1.11  mrg @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}.  This allows targets to prevent the\n\
   3912  1.11  mrg scheduler from undoing address optimizations.  The instruction containing the\n\
   3913  1.11  mrg memref is @var{insn}.  The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
   3914  1.11  mrg bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
   3915  1.11  mrg default_new_address_profitable_p)
   3916  1.11  mrg 
   3917   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   3918   1.7  mrg (estimated_poly_value,
   3919   1.7  mrg  "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
   3920  1.11  mrg things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies.  @var{kind} is used\n\
   3921  1.11  mrg to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
   3922  1.11  mrg the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
   3923  1.11  mrg @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values.  The default\n\
   3924   1.7  mrg implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
   3925  1.11  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
   3926   1.7  mrg  default_estimated_poly_value)
   3927   1.7  mrg 
   3928   1.4  mrg /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
   3929   1.4  mrg    scheduling.  */
   3930   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   3931   1.4  mrg (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
   3932   1.4  mrg  "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
   3933   1.4  mrg speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots.  Targets\n\
   3934   1.4  mrg such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
   3935   1.4  mrg delay slots.  As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
   3936   1.4  mrg disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available.  Use of\n\
   3937   1.4  mrg delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
   3938  1.11  mrg as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
   3939  1.11  mrg   bool, (void),
   3940   1.4  mrg   hook_bool_void_false)
   3941   1.4  mrg 
   3942   1.1  mrg /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value.  */
   3943   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3944   1.1  mrg (allocate_initial_value,
   3945   1.3  mrg  "\n\
   3946   1.3  mrg When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
   3947   1.3  mrg register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
   3948   1.3  mrg to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
   3949   1.3  mrg it has been saved into can be used.  @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
   3950   1.3  mrg is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
   3951   1.3  mrg that had its initial value copied by using\n\
   3952   1.3  mrg @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
   3953   1.3  mrg Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
   3954   1.3  mrg to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
   3955   1.3  mrg the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
   3956   1.3  mrg @code{MEM}.\n\
   3957   1.3  mrg If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
   3958   1.3  mrg it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
   3959   1.3  mrg You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
   3960   1.3  mrg @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
   3961   1.3  mrg register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
   3962   1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
   3963   1.3  mrg allocation.",
   3964   1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
   3965   1.1  mrg 
   3966   1.1  mrg /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
   3967  1.11  mrg    FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1.  */
   3968   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3969   1.1  mrg (unspec_may_trap_p,
   3970   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
   3971   1.3  mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
   3972   1.3  mrg this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
   3973   1.3  mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
   3974   1.3  mrg to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
   3975   1.3  mrg passed along.",
   3976   1.1  mrg  int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
   3977   1.1  mrg  default_unspec_may_trap_p)
   3978   1.1  mrg 
   3979  1.10  rin /* Return nonzero if evaluating SIGN_EXTRACT X or ZERO_EXTRACT X might
   3980  1.10  rin    cause a trap.  FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c:
   3981  1.10  rin    may_trap_p_1. */
   3982  1.10  rin DEFHOOK
   3983  1.10  rin (bitfield_may_trap_p,
   3984  1.10  rin  "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{sign_extract} or\n\
   3985  1.10  rin @code{zero_extract} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
   3986  1.10  rin this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{sign_extract} and\n\
   3987  1.10  rin @code{zero_extract} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
   3988  1.10  rin to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
   3989  1.10  rin passed along.",
   3990  1.10  rin  int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
   3991  1.10  rin  default_bitfield_may_trap_p)
   3992  1.10  rin 
   3993   1.1  mrg /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
   3994   1.1  mrg    to represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook
   3995   1.1  mrg    if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
   3996   1.1  mrg    non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
   3997   1.1  mrg    represented in more than one register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this
   3998   1.1  mrg    hook should return NULL_RTX.  */
   3999   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4000   1.1  mrg (dwarf_register_span,
   4001   1.3  mrg  "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
   4002   1.3  mrg represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook if the\n\
   4003   1.3  mrg register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
   4004   1.3  mrg locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
   4005   1.3  mrg register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
   4006   1.3  mrg If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
   4007   1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx reg),
   4008   1.1  mrg  hook_rtx_rtx_null)
   4009   1.1  mrg 
   4010   1.3  mrg /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
   4011   1.3  mrg    register.  */
   4012   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4013   1.3  mrg (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
   4014   1.3  mrg  "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
   4015   1.3  mrg corresponding Dwarf frame register should have.  This is normally\n\
   4016   1.3  mrg used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
   4017   1.3  mrg clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
   4018   1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (int regno),
   4019   1.3  mrg  default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
   4020   1.3  mrg 
   4021   1.1  mrg /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
   4022   1.1  mrg    entries not corresponding directly to registers below
   4023   1.1  mrg    FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
   4024   1.1  mrg    code, given the address of the table.  */
   4025   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4026   1.1  mrg (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
   4027   1.3  mrg  "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
   4028   1.3  mrg multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
   4029   1.3  mrg sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
   4030   1.3  mrg It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
   4031   1.3  mrg filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
   4032   1.3  mrg @var{address} is the address of the table.",
   4033   1.1  mrg  void, (tree address),
   4034   1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   4035   1.1  mrg 
   4036   1.1  mrg /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
   4037   1.1  mrg    targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
   4038   1.1  mrg    the condition codes.  This should return true if there is such a
   4039   1.1  mrg    register, false otherwise.  The arguments should be set to the
   4040   1.1  mrg    fixed register numbers.  Up to two condition code registers are
   4041   1.1  mrg    supported.  If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
   4042   1.1  mrg    at by the second argument should be set to -1.  */
   4043   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4044   1.1  mrg (fixed_condition_code_regs,
   4045  1.11  mrg  "On targets which use a hard\n\
   4046   1.3  mrg register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
   4047   1.3  mrg regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
   4048   1.3  mrg hard register is set to a common value.  Use this hook to enable a\n\
   4049   1.3  mrg small pass which optimizes such cases.  This hook should return true\n\
   4050   1.3  mrg to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
   4051   1.3  mrg arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
   4052   1.3  mrg When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
   4053   1.3  mrg integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
   4054   1.3  mrg @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
   4055   1.3  mrg \n\
   4056   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.",
   4057   1.1  mrg  bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
   4058   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
   4059   1.1  mrg 
   4060   1.1  mrg /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
   4061   1.1  mrg      code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
   4062   1.1  mrg      done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
   4063   1.1  mrg      modes.  If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
   4064   1.1  mrg      VOIDmode.  */
   4065   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4066   1.1  mrg (cc_modes_compatible,
   4067   1.3  mrg  "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
   4068   1.3  mrg @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
   4069   1.3  mrg validly done in more than one mode.  On such a system, define this\n\
   4070   1.3  mrg target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
   4071   1.3  mrg both comparisons may be validly done.  If there is no such mode,\n\
   4072   1.3  mrg return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
   4073   1.3  mrg \n\
   4074   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
   4075   1.3  mrg same.  If they are, it returns that mode.  If they are different, it\n\
   4076   1.3  mrg returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
   4077   1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
   4078   1.1  mrg  default_cc_modes_compatible)
   4079   1.1  mrg 
   4080   1.1  mrg /* Do machine-dependent code transformations.  Called just before
   4081   1.1  mrg      delayed-branch scheduling.  */
   4082   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4083   1.1  mrg (machine_dependent_reorg,
   4084   1.3  mrg  "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
   4085   1.3  mrg instruction stream.  The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
   4086   1.3  mrg just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
   4087   1.3  mrg \n\
   4088   1.3  mrg The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target.  Some use\n\
   4089   1.3  mrg it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
   4090   1.3  mrg laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
   4091   1.3  mrg Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
   4092   1.3  mrg \n\
   4093   1.3  mrg You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do.  The default\n\
   4094   1.3  mrg definition is null.",
   4095   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   4096   1.1  mrg 
   4097   1.1  mrg /* Create the __builtin_va_list type.  */
   4098   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4099   1.1  mrg (build_builtin_va_list,
   4100   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
   4101   1.3  mrg The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
   4102   1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   4103   1.1  mrg  std_build_builtin_va_list)
   4104   1.1  mrg 
   4105   1.1  mrg /* Enumerate the va list variants.  */
   4106   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4107   1.1  mrg (enum_va_list_p,
   4108   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
   4109   1.3  mrg to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
   4110   1.3  mrg variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
   4111   1.3  mrg to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
   4112   1.3  mrg variable.\n\
   4113   1.3  mrg The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
   4114   1.3  mrg this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
   4115   1.3  mrg internal type.\n\
   4116   1.3  mrg If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
   4117   1.3  mrg Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
   4118   1.3  mrg macro to iterate through all types.",
   4119   1.1  mrg  int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
   4120   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   4121   1.1  mrg 
   4122   1.1  mrg /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type.  */
   4123   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4124   1.1  mrg (fn_abi_va_list,
   4125   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
   4126   1.3  mrg @var{fndecl}.\n\
   4127   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
   4128   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl),
   4129   1.1  mrg  std_fn_abi_va_list)
   4130   1.1  mrg 
   4131   1.1  mrg /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type.  */
   4132   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4133   1.1  mrg (canonical_va_list_type,
   4134   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
   4135   1.3  mrg type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
   4136   1.3  mrg @code{NULL_TREE}.",
   4137   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type),
   4138   1.1  mrg  std_canonical_va_list_type)
   4139   1.1  mrg 
   4140   1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   4141   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   4142   1.1  mrg (expand_builtin_va_start,
   4143   1.1  mrg "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
   4144   1.1  mrg  void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
   4145   1.1  mrg 
   4146   1.1  mrg /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR.  */
   4147   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4148   1.1  mrg (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
   4149   1.3  mrg  "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
   4150   1.3  mrg @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
   4151   1.3  mrg arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
   4152  1.11  mrg @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
   4153   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
   4154   1.1  mrg  std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
   4155   1.1  mrg 
   4156   1.1  mrg /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
   4157   1.1  mrg    get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
   4158   1.1  mrg    and stores the size in its argument.  pch_valid_p gets the same
   4159   1.1  mrg    information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
   4160   1.1  mrg    or an error message if not.  */
   4161   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4162   1.1  mrg (get_pch_validity,
   4163   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
   4164   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
   4165   1.3  mrg @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
   4166   1.1  mrg  void *, (size_t *sz),
   4167   1.1  mrg  default_get_pch_validity)
   4168   1.1  mrg 
   4169   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4170   1.1  mrg (pch_valid_p,
   4171   1.3  mrg  "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
   4172   1.3  mrg compatible with the current settings.  It returns @code{NULL}\n\
   4173   1.3  mrg if so and a suitable error message if not.  Error messages will\n\
   4174   1.3  mrg be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
   4175   1.3  mrg \n\
   4176   1.3  mrg @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
   4177   1.3  mrg when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
   4178   1.3  mrg It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
   4179   1.3  mrg compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
   4180   1.3  mrg \n\
   4181   1.3  mrg The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
   4182   1.3  mrg suitable for most targets.",
   4183   1.1  mrg  const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
   4184   1.1  mrg  default_pch_valid_p)
   4185   1.1  mrg 
   4186   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4187   1.1  mrg (prepare_pch_save,
   4188   1.1  mrg  "Called before writing out a PCH file.  If the target has some\n\
   4189   1.1  mrg garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
   4190   1.1  mrg it can use this hook to enforce that state.  Very few targets need\n\
   4191   1.1  mrg to do anything here.",
   4192   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   4193   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   4194   1.1  mrg 
   4195   1.1  mrg /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
   4196   1.1  mrg    given set of target flags can be used.  It returns NULL if so,
   4197   1.1  mrg    otherwise it returns an error message.  */
   4198   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4199   1.1  mrg (check_pch_target_flags,
   4200   1.3  mrg  "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
   4201   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
   4202   1.3  mrg of @code{target_flags}.  @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
   4203   1.3  mrg @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created.  The return\n\
   4204   1.3  mrg value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
   4205   1.1  mrg  const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
   4206   1.1  mrg 
   4207   1.1  mrg /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
   4208   1.1  mrg    bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
   4209   1.1  mrg    that type.  */
   4210   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4211   1.1  mrg (default_short_enums,
   4212   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
   4213   1.3  mrg @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
   4214   1.3  mrg of possible values of that type.  It should return false if all\n\
   4215   1.3  mrg @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
   4216   1.3  mrg \n\
   4217   1.3  mrg The default is to return false.",
   4218   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   4219   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   4220   1.1  mrg 
   4221   1.1  mrg /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
   4222   1.1  mrg    of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer.  */
   4223   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4224   1.1  mrg (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
   4225   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
   4226   1.3  mrg the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
   4227   1.3  mrg The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
   4228   1.3  mrg machines.  One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
   4229   1.3  mrg @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
   4230   1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   4231   1.1  mrg  default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
   4232   1.1  mrg 
   4233   1.4  mrg /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
   4234   1.4  mrg    and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm.  */
   4235   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4236   1.4  mrg (md_asm_adjust,
   4237   1.4  mrg  "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
   4238   1.4  mrg @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
   4239   1.4  mrg clobber for an asm.  The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
   4240  1.11  mrg to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.  @var{loc}\n\
   4241  1.11  mrg is the source location of the asm.\n\
   4242   1.4  mrg \n\
   4243  1.11  mrg It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
   4244  1.11  mrg @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing.  In this case the\n\
   4245  1.11  mrg return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.  Note that\n\
   4246  1.11  mrg changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
   4247  1.11  mrg to @var{input_modes}.",
   4248   1.4  mrg  rtx_insn *,
   4249  1.11  mrg  (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
   4250  1.11  mrg   vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
   4251  1.11  mrg   HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
   4252   1.4  mrg  NULL)
   4253   1.1  mrg 
   4254   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
   4255   1.1  mrg    in the debug information.  This function actually returns an
   4256   1.1  mrg    enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
   4257   1.1  mrg    and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
   4258   1.1  mrg    the function is being declared as an int.  */
   4259   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4260   1.1  mrg (dwarf_calling_convention,
   4261   1.3  mrg  "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
   4262   1.3  mrg be emitted for each function.  Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
   4263   1.3  mrg value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
   4264   1.1  mrg  int, (const_tree function),
   4265   1.1  mrg  hook_int_const_tree_0)
   4266   1.1  mrg 
   4267   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
   4268   1.1  mrg    contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The call frame debugging info
   4269   1.1  mrg    engine will invoke it on insns of the form
   4270   1.1  mrg      (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
   4271   1.1  mrg    and
   4272   1.1  mrg      (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
   4273   1.1  mrg    to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  */
   4274   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4275   1.1  mrg (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
   4276   1.3  mrg  "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
   4277   1.3  mrg contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
   4278   1.3  mrg info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
   4279   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   4280   1.3  mrg (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
   4281   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   4282   1.3  mrg and\n\
   4283   1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   4284   1.3  mrg (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
   4285   1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   4286   1.3  mrg to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  @var{label} is\n\
   4287   1.3  mrg the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
   4288   1.3  mrg the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
   4289   1.1  mrg  void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
   4290   1.1  mrg 
   4291   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   4292   1.7  mrg (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
   4293   1.7  mrg  "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
   4294   1.7  mrg expression, with @var{i} counting from 1.  Return the number of a DWARF\n\
   4295   1.7  mrg register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
   4296   1.7  mrg that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
   4297   1.7  mrg @smallexample\n\
   4298   1.7  mrg value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
   4299   1.7  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   4300   1.7  mrg \n\
   4301   1.7  mrg A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
   4302   1.7  mrg @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
   4303   1.7  mrg  unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
   4304   1.7  mrg  default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
   4305   1.7  mrg 
   4306   1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   4307   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   4308   1.1  mrg (stdarg_optimize_hook,
   4309   1.1  mrg "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
   4310   1.1  mrg  from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  @var{stmt} is the statement.  Returns true if\
   4311   1.1  mrg  the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
   4312   1.4  mrg  bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
   4313   1.1  mrg 
   4314   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
   4315   1.1  mrg    that represents the external variable that contains the stack
   4316   1.1  mrg    protection guard variable.  The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node.  */
   4317   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4318   1.1  mrg (stack_protect_guard,
   4319   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
   4320   1.3  mrg for the stack protection guard.  This variable is initialized by the\n\
   4321   1.3  mrg runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
   4322   1.3  mrg that is placed at the top of the local stack frame.  The type of this\n\
   4323   1.3  mrg variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
   4324   1.3  mrg \n\
   4325   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
   4326   1.3  mrg @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
   4327   1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   4328   1.1  mrg  default_stack_protect_guard)
   4329   1.1  mrg 
   4330   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
   4331   1.1  mrg    that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails.  */
   4332   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4333   1.1  mrg (stack_protect_fail,
   4334   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
   4335   1.3  mrg stack protect guard variable has been modified.  This expression should\n\
   4336   1.3  mrg involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
   4337   1.3  mrg \n\
   4338   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
   4339   1.3  mrg @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments.  This function is\n\
   4340   1.3  mrg normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
   4341   1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   4342   1.1  mrg  default_external_stack_protect_fail)
   4343   1.1  mrg 
   4344   1.6  mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
   4345   1.6  mrg    protector runtime support.  */
   4346   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   4347   1.6  mrg (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
   4348  1.11  mrg  "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
   4349  1.11  mrg otherwise return false.  The default implementation always returns true.",
   4350   1.6  mrg  bool, (void),
   4351   1.6  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   4352   1.6  mrg 
   4353   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4354   1.8  mrg (have_speculation_safe_value,
   4355   1.8  mrg "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
   4356   1.8  mrg  @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}.  If called with an argument\n\
   4357   1.8  mrg  of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
   4358   1.8  mrg  this builtin.  If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
   4359   1.8  mrg  if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
   4360   1.8  mrg  \n\
   4361   1.8  mrg  The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
   4362   1.8  mrg  a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}.  Else it returns true\n\
   4363   1.8  mrg  for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
   4364   1.8  mrg  compilation for the second case.\n\
   4365   1.8  mrg  \n\
   4366   1.8  mrg  For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
   4367   1.8  mrg  speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
   4368   1.8  mrg  simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
   4369   1.8  mrg  along with your other target hooks.",
   4370   1.8  mrg bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
   4371   1.8  mrg 
   4372   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
   4373   1.8  mrg (speculation_safe_value,
   4374   1.8  mrg "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
   4375   1.8  mrg  sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
   4376   1.8  mrg  built-in function.  The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
   4377   1.8  mrg  @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
   4378   1.8  mrg  speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
   4379   1.8  mrg  is known that the speculation will not be unwound.  The hook supports\n\
   4380   1.8  mrg  two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements.  The first\n\
   4381   1.8  mrg  is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
   4382   1.8  mrg  until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
   4383   1.8  mrg  is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
   4384   1.8  mrg  state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
   4385   1.8  mrg  speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
   4386   1.8  mrg  \n\
   4387   1.8  mrg  The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
   4388   1.8  mrg  emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
   4389   1.8  mrg rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
   4390   1.8  mrg  default_speculation_safe_value)
   4391   1.8  mrg 
   4392   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   4393   1.9  mrg (predict_doloop_p,
   4394   1.9  mrg  "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
   4395   1.9  mrg for a particular loop.  The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
   4396   1.9  mrg This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
   4397   1.9  mrg loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
   4398   1.9  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.",
   4399   1.9  mrg  bool, (class loop *loop),
   4400   1.9  mrg  default_predict_doloop_p)
   4401   1.9  mrg 
   4402   1.9  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   4403   1.9  mrg (have_count_reg_decr_p,
   4404   1.9  mrg  "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
   4405   1.9  mrg and branch.\n\
   4406   1.9  mrg The default value is false.",
   4407   1.9  mrg  bool, false)
   4408   1.9  mrg 
   4409   1.9  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   4410   1.9  mrg (doloop_cost_for_generic,
   4411   1.9  mrg  "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
   4412   1.9  mrg calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
   4413   1.9  mrg function get_computation_cost as before.  But for targets which have\n\
   4414   1.9  mrg hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
   4415   1.9  mrg move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
   4416   1.9  mrg while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses.  It probably takes\n\
   4417   1.9  mrg expensive penalty.  This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
   4418   1.9  mrg this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
   4419   1.9  mrg The default value is zero.",
   4420   1.9  mrg  int64_t, 0)
   4421   1.9  mrg 
   4422   1.9  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   4423   1.9  mrg (doloop_cost_for_address,
   4424   1.9  mrg  "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
   4425   1.9  mrg calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
   4426   1.9  mrg function get_computation_cost as before.  But for targets which have\n\
   4427   1.9  mrg hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
   4428   1.9  mrg move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
   4429   1.9  mrg while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses.  It probably takes\n\
   4430   1.9  mrg expensive penalty.  This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
   4431   1.9  mrg this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
   4432   1.9  mrg The default value is zero.",
   4433   1.9  mrg  int64_t, 0)
   4434   1.8  mrg 
   4435   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
   4436   1.3  mrg (can_use_doloop_p,
   4437   1.3  mrg  "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
   4438   1.3  mrg and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop.  @var{iterations} gives the\n\
   4439   1.3  mrg exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
   4440   1.3  mrg the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{loop_depth} is\n\
   4441   1.3  mrg the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
   4442   1.3  mrg contain innermost loops, and so on.  @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
   4443   1.3  mrg loop is only entered from the top.\n\
   4444   1.3  mrg \n\
   4445   1.3  mrg This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available.  The default\n\
   4446   1.3  mrg implementation returns true.  You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
   4447   1.3  mrg if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
   4448   1.3  mrg  bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
   4449   1.3  mrg 	unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
   4450   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
   4451   1.3  mrg 
   4452   1.1  mrg /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
   4453   1.1  mrg    otherwise it returns an error message.  */
   4454   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4455   1.1  mrg (invalid_within_doloop,
   4456   1.3  mrg  "\n\
   4457   1.3  mrg Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
   4458   1.3  mrg low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
   4459   1.3  mrg could not be applied.\n\
   4460   1.3  mrg \n\
   4461   1.3  mrg Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
   4462   1.3  mrg instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
   4463   1.3  mrg the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
   4464   1.3  mrg By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
   4465   1.3  mrg loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
   4466   1.3  mrg  const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
   4467   1.1  mrg  default_invalid_within_doloop)
   4468   1.1  mrg 
   4469  1.11  mrg /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV.  */
   4470  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   4471  1.11  mrg (preferred_doloop_mode,
   4472  1.11  mrg "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
   4473  1.11  mrg original mode for the operation.  If the target prefers an alternate\n\
   4474  1.11  mrg @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
   4475  1.11  mrg otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned.  For example, on a\n\
   4476  1.11  mrg 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}.  Both the\n\
   4477  1.11  mrg original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
   4478  1.11  mrg  machine_mode,
   4479  1.11  mrg  (machine_mode mode),
   4480  1.11  mrg  default_preferred_doloop_mode)
   4481  1.11  mrg 
   4482   1.1  mrg /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn.  */
   4483   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4484   1.1  mrg (legitimate_combined_insn,
   4485  1.11  mrg "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
   4486  1.11  mrg is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions.  The\n\
   4487  1.11  mrg default is to accept all instructions.",
   4488   1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
   4489   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
   4490   1.1  mrg 
   4491   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4492   1.1  mrg (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
   4493  1.11  mrg "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
   4494  1.11  mrg specified.  Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
   4495  1.11  mrg checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
   4496   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree decl),
   4497   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_true)
   4498   1.1  mrg 
   4499   1.1  mrg /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
   4500   1.1  mrg    value.  */
   4501   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   4502   1.1  mrg (const_anchor,
   4503   1.3  mrg  "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
   4504   1.3  mrg a constant.  If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
   4505   1.3  mrg is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
   4506   1.3  mrg is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
   4507   1.3  mrg subtraction.  We accomplish this through CSE.  Besides the value of\n\
   4508   1.3  mrg the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
   4509   1.3  mrg available expressions.  These are then queried when encountering new\n\
   4510   1.3  mrg constants.  The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
   4511   1.3  mrg down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
   4512   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
   4513   1.3  mrg accepted by immediate-add plus one.  We currently assume that the\n\
   4514   1.3  mrg value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2.  For example, on\n\
   4515   1.3  mrg MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
   4516   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}.  The default value\n\
   4517   1.3  mrg is zero, which disables this optimization.",
   4518   1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   4519   1.1  mrg 
   4520   1.1  mrg /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port  */
   4521   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4522   1.1  mrg (memmodel_check,
   4523   1.3  mrg  "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
   4524   1.3  mrg memory model bits are allowed.",
   4525   1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
   4526   1.1  mrg 
   4527   1.1  mrg /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
   4528   1.1  mrg    Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
   4529   1.1  mrg    supported by the target.  */
   4530   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4531   1.1  mrg (asan_shadow_offset,
   4532   1.1  mrg  "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
   4533   1.1  mrg Address Sanitizer shadow memory address.  NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
   4534  1.11  mrg supported by the target.  May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
   4535  1.11  mrg by a subtarget.",
   4536   1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
   4537   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   4538   1.1  mrg 
   4539   1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc.  */
   4540   1.1  mrg /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix.  */
   4541   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
   4542   1.1  mrg 
   4543   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4544   1.1  mrg (promote_function_mode,
   4545   1.3  mrg  "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
   4546   1.3  mrg function return values.  The target hook should return the new mode\n\
   4547   1.3  mrg and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
   4548   1.3  mrg change signedness.  This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
   4549   1.3  mrg pointer} types.\n\
   4550   1.3  mrg \n\
   4551   1.3  mrg @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
   4552   1.3  mrg return values.  If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
   4553   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
   4554   1.3  mrg If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
   4555   1.3  mrg which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
   4556   1.3  mrg then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
   4557   1.3  mrg the signedness may be different.\n\
   4558   1.3  mrg \n\
   4559   1.3  mrg @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
   4560   1.3  mrg \n\
   4561   1.3  mrg The default is to not promote arguments and return values.  You can\n\
   4562   1.3  mrg also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
   4563   1.3  mrg if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
   4564   1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
   4565   1.1  mrg 		     const_tree funtype, int for_return),
   4566   1.1  mrg  default_promote_function_mode)
   4567   1.1  mrg 
   4568   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4569   1.1  mrg (promote_prototypes,
   4570   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
   4571   1.3  mrg prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
   4572   1.3  mrg passed as an @code{int}.  In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
   4573   1.3  mrg cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
   4574   1.3  mrg The default is to not promote prototypes.",
   4575   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree fntype),
   4576   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   4577   1.1  mrg 
   4578   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4579   1.1  mrg (struct_value_rtx,
   4580   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
   4581   1.3  mrg address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
   4582   1.3  mrg passed as an ``invisible'' first argument.  Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
   4583   1.3  mrg be @code{NULL}, for libcalls.  You do not need to define this target\n\
   4584   1.3  mrg hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
   4585   1.3  mrg argument.\n\
   4586   1.3  mrg \n\
   4587   1.3  mrg On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
   4588   1.3  mrg is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
   4589   1.3  mrg caller put it.  This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
   4590   1.3  mrg be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
   4591   1.3  mrg @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
   4592   1.3  mrg the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
   4593   1.3  mrg the caller.\n\
   4594   1.3  mrg \n\
   4595   1.3  mrg If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
   4596   1.3  mrg stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
   4597   1.3  mrg @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
   4598   1.3  mrg structure value address at the beginning of a function.  If you need\n\
   4599   1.3  mrg to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
   4600   1.1  mrg  rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
   4601   1.1  mrg  hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
   4602   1.3  mrg 
   4603   1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   4604   1.3  mrg (omit_struct_return_reg,
   4605   1.3  mrg  "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
   4606   1.3  mrg is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
   4607   1.3  mrg arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
   4608   1.4  mrg pointer return value.  Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
   4609   1.3  mrg undesirable on your target.",
   4610   1.3  mrg  bool, false)
   4611   1.3  mrg 
   4612   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4613   1.1  mrg (return_in_memory,
   4614   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
   4615   1.3  mrg function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
   4616   1.3  mrg Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
   4617   1.3  mrg will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
   4618   1.3  mrg libcalls.\n\
   4619   1.3  mrg \n\
   4620   1.3  mrg Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
   4621   1.3  mrg by this function.  Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
   4622   1.3  mrg takes effect regardless of this macro.  On most systems, it is\n\
   4623   1.3  mrg possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
   4624   1.3  mrg definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
   4625   1.3  mrg values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
   4626   1.3  mrg \n\
   4627   1.3  mrg Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
   4628   1.3  mrg be returned in memory.  You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
   4629   1.3  mrg to indicate this.",
   4630   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
   4631   1.1  mrg  default_return_in_memory)
   4632   1.1  mrg 
   4633   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4634   1.1  mrg (return_in_msb,
   4635   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
   4636   1.3  mrg at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
   4637   1.3  mrg padded at the least significant end).  You can assume that @var{type}\n\
   4638   1.3  mrg is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
   4639   1.3  mrg \n\
   4640   1.3  mrg Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
   4641   1.3  mrg be able to hold the complete return value.  For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
   4642   1.3  mrg or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
   4643   1.3  mrg 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
   4644   1.3  mrg @code{SImode} rtx.",
   4645   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type),
   4646   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   4647   1.1  mrg 
   4648   1.1  mrg /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference.  TYPE may
   4649   1.1  mrg    be null if this is a libcall.  CA may be null if this query is
   4650   1.1  mrg    from __builtin_va_arg.  */
   4651   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4652   1.1  mrg (pass_by_reference,
   4653   1.9  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
   4654   1.3  mrg position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference.  This\n\
   4655   1.3  mrg predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
   4656   1.9  mrg passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
   4657   1.3  mrg \n\
   4658   1.3  mrg If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
   4659   1.3  mrg pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
   4660   1.3  mrg The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
   4661   1.3  mrg to that type.",
   4662   1.1  mrg  bool,
   4663   1.9  mrg  (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4664   1.9  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
   4665   1.1  mrg 
   4666   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4667   1.1  mrg (expand_builtin_saveregs,
   4668   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
   4669   1.3  mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs}.  This code will be moved to the very\n\
   4670   1.3  mrg beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made.  The\n\
   4671   1.3  mrg return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
   4672   1.3  mrg to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
   4673   1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   4674   1.1  mrg  default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
   4675   1.1  mrg 
   4676   1.1  mrg /* Returns pretend_argument_size.  */
   4677   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4678   1.1  mrg (setup_incoming_varargs,
   4679   1.3  mrg  "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
   4680   1.3  mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
   4681   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  Use it to store the anonymous\n\
   4682   1.3  mrg register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
   4683   1.3  mrg have been passed consecutively on the stack.  Once this is done, you can\n\
   4684   1.3  mrg use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
   4685   1.3  mrg pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
   4686   1.3  mrg \n\
   4687   1.3  mrg The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
   4688   1.3  mrg structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
   4689   1.9  mrg named arguments.  The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
   4690   1.9  mrg arguments.\n\
   4691   1.3  mrg \n\
   4692   1.3  mrg The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
   4693   1.3  mrg argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
   4694   1.3  mrg store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
   4695   1.3  mrg variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}.  The value that you\n\
   4696   1.3  mrg store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
   4697   1.3  mrg frame.\n\
   4698   1.3  mrg \n\
   4699   1.3  mrg Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
   4700   1.3  mrg compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
   4701   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
   4702   1.3  mrg have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
   4703   1.3  mrg for all data types.\n\
   4704   1.3  mrg \n\
   4705   1.3  mrg If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
   4706   1.3  mrg arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time.  This\n\
   4707   1.3  mrg happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
   4708   1.3  mrg end of the source file.  The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
   4709   1.3  mrg not generate any instructions in this case.",
   4710   1.9  mrg  void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
   4711   1.3  mrg 	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
   4712   1.3  mrg  default_setup_incoming_varargs)
   4713   1.3  mrg 
   4714   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4715   1.3  mrg (call_args,
   4716   1.3  mrg  "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
   4717   1.3  mrg for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
   4718   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location.  It is called just\n\
   4719   1.3  mrg before the point where argument registers are stored.  The type of the\n\
   4720   1.3  mrg function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
   4721   1.3  mrg @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls.  The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
   4722   1.3  mrg invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
   4723   1.3  mrg This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
   4724   1.3  mrg registers if a target needs it.\n\
   4725   1.3  mrg For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
   4726   1.3  mrg passed instead of an argument register.\n\
   4727   1.3  mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
   4728   1.3  mrg  void, (rtx, tree),
   4729   1.3  mrg  hook_void_rtx_tree)
   4730   1.3  mrg 
   4731   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4732   1.3  mrg (end_call_args,
   4733   1.3  mrg  "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
   4734   1.3  mrg just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo.  It\n\
   4735   1.3  mrg signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
   4736   1.3  mrg emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
   4737   1.3  mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
   4738   1.3  mrg  void, (void),
   4739   1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
   4740   1.1  mrg 
   4741   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4742  1.11  mrg (push_argument,
   4743  1.11  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
   4744  1.11  mrg used to pass outgoing arguments.  When the push instruction usage is\n\
   4745  1.11  mrg optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
   4746  1.11  mrg push.  Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero.  If the target machine does not\n\
   4747  1.11  mrg have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
   4748  1.11  mrg @code{false} should be returned.  That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
   4749  1.11  mrg strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
   4750  1.11  mrg arguments into it.  If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
   4751  1.11  mrg @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
   4752  1.11  mrg  bool, (unsigned int npush),
   4753  1.11  mrg  default_push_argument)
   4754  1.11  mrg 
   4755  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   4756   1.1  mrg (strict_argument_naming,
   4757   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
   4758   1.3  mrg argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
   4759   1.3  mrg \n\
   4760   1.3  mrg This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4761   1.3  mrg is set for varargs and stdarg functions.  If this hook returns\n\
   4762   1.3  mrg @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
   4763   1.3  mrg arguments, and false for unnamed arguments.  If it returns @code{false},\n\
   4764   1.3  mrg but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
   4765   1.3  mrg then all arguments are treated as named.  Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
   4766   1.3  mrg except the last are treated as named.\n\
   4767   1.3  mrg \n\
   4768   1.3  mrg You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
   4769   1.1  mrg  bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
   4770   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
   4771   1.1  mrg 
   4772   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if we should use
   4773   1.1  mrg    targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
   4774   1.1  mrg    targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming().  */
   4775   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4776   1.1  mrg (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
   4777   1.3  mrg  "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
   4778   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
   4779   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
   4780   1.3  mrg defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
   4781   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
   4782   1.3  mrg Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
   4783   1.1  mrg  bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
   4784   1.1  mrg  default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
   4785   1.1  mrg 
   4786   1.1  mrg /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
   4787   1.1  mrg    should be passed as two scalars.  */
   4788   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4789   1.1  mrg (split_complex_arg,
   4790   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
   4791   1.3  mrg as two scalar parameters.  By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
   4792   1.3  mrg arguments into the target's word size.  Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
   4793   1.3  mrg to be split and treated as their individual components.  For example, on\n\
   4794   1.3  mrg AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
   4795   1.3  mrg registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
   4796   1.3  mrg point register.\n\
   4797   1.3  mrg \n\
   4798   1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
   4799   1.3  mrg false.",
   4800   1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
   4801   1.1  mrg 
   4802   1.1  mrg /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
   4803   1.1  mrg    but must be passed on the stack.  */
   4804   1.1  mrg /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
   4805   1.1  mrg    Need audit to verify that this is the case.  */
   4806   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4807   1.1  mrg (must_pass_in_stack,
   4808   1.9  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
   4809   1.3  mrg solely in registers.  The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
   4810   1.3  mrg definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
   4811   1.3  mrg documentation.",
   4812   1.9  mrg  bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
   4813   1.1  mrg  must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
   4814   1.1  mrg 
   4815   1.1  mrg /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
   4816   1.1  mrg    should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
   4817   1.1  mrg    the caller.  It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors.  */
   4818   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4819   1.1  mrg (callee_copies,
   4820   1.3  mrg  "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
   4821   1.3  mrg known to be passed by reference.  The hook should return true if the\n\
   4822   1.3  mrg function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
   4823   1.3  mrg by the caller.\n\
   4824   1.3  mrg \n\
   4825   1.3  mrg For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
   4826   1.3  mrg determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
   4827   1.3  mrg not be generated.\n\
   4828   1.3  mrg \n\
   4829   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.",
   4830   1.1  mrg  bool,
   4831   1.9  mrg  (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4832   1.9  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
   4833   1.1  mrg 
   4834   1.1  mrg /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
   4835   1.1  mrg    in registers.  If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
   4836   1.1  mrg    in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack.  */
   4837   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4838   1.1  mrg (arg_partial_bytes,
   4839   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
   4840   1.3  mrg argument that must be put in registers.  The value must be zero for\n\
   4841   1.3  mrg arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
   4842   1.3  mrg pushed on the stack.\n\
   4843   1.3  mrg \n\
   4844   1.3  mrg On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
   4845   1.3  mrg registers and partially in memory.  On these machines, typically the\n\
   4846   1.3  mrg first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
   4847   1.3  mrg on the stack.  If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
   4848   1.3  mrg structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
   4849   1.3  mrg in registers and the rest must be pushed.  This macro tells the\n\
   4850   1.3  mrg compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
   4851   1.3  mrg \n\
   4852   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
   4853   1.3  mrg register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
   4854   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
   4855   1.9  mrg  int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4856   1.9  mrg  hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
   4857   1.1  mrg 
   4858   1.1  mrg /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
   4859   1.1  mrg    argument list.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
   4860   1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   4861   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4862   1.1  mrg (function_arg_advance,
   4863   1.3  mrg  "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
   4864   1.9  mrg advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list.  Once this is done,\n\
   4865   1.3  mrg the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
   4866   1.3  mrg argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
   4867   1.3  mrg \n\
   4868   1.3  mrg This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
   4869   1.3  mrg on the stack.  The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
   4870   1.3  mrg used for arguments without any special help.",
   4871   1.1  mrg  void,
   4872   1.9  mrg  (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4873   1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_advance)
   4874   1.1  mrg 
   4875   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   4876   1.7  mrg (function_arg_offset,
   4877   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
   4878   1.7  mrg argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
   4879   1.7  mrg This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
   4880   1.7  mrg arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
   4881   1.7  mrg instead of starting at the top.  The default implementation returns 0.",
   4882   1.7  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4883   1.7  mrg  default_function_arg_offset)
   4884   1.7  mrg 
   4885   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   4886   1.7  mrg (function_arg_padding,
   4887   1.7  mrg  "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
   4888   1.7  mrg an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}.  It returns\n\
   4889   1.7  mrg @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
   4890   1.7  mrg to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
   4891   1.7  mrg \n\
   4892   1.7  mrg The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
   4893   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}.  It is always just enough\n\
   4894   1.7  mrg to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
   4895   1.7  mrg \n\
   4896   1.7  mrg This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
   4897   1.7  mrg For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward.  For\n\
   4898   1.7  mrg big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
   4899   1.7  mrg constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
   4900   1.7  mrg  pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4901   1.7  mrg  default_function_arg_padding)
   4902   1.7  mrg 
   4903   1.1  mrg /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
   4904   1.1  mrg    be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
   4905   1.1  mrg    argument.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
   4906   1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   4907   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4908   1.1  mrg (function_arg,
   4909   1.9  mrg  "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
   4910   1.9  mrg in a register and if so, which register.  Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
   4911   1.9  mrg the previous arguments.\n\
   4912   1.3  mrg \n\
   4913   1.3  mrg The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
   4914   1.3  mrg register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
   4915   1.3  mrg on the stack.\n\
   4916   1.3  mrg \n\
   4917   1.3  mrg The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@.  This is\n\
   4918   1.3  mrg used when an argument is passed in multiple locations.  The mode of the\n\
   4919   1.3  mrg @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument.  The\n\
   4920   1.3  mrg @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
   4921   1.3  mrg describes where part of the argument is passed.  In each\n\
   4922   1.3  mrg @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
   4923   1.3  mrg register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
   4924   1.3  mrg register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is.  The\n\
   4925   1.3  mrg second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
   4926   1.3  mrg the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
   4927   1.3  mrg As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
   4928   1.3  mrg RTX may have a first operand of zero.  This indicates that the entire\n\
   4929   1.3  mrg argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
   4930   1.3  mrg \n\
   4931   1.3  mrg The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
   4932   1.3  mrg VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
   4933   1.3  mrg pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
   4934   1.3  mrg \n\
   4935   1.3  mrg @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
   4936   1.3  mrg The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
   4937   1.3  mrg machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
   4938   1.3  mrg cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead.  This is\n\
   4939   1.3  mrg done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
   4940   1.3  mrg @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
   4941   1.3  mrg \n\
   4942   1.3  mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4943   1.3  mrg @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4944   1.3  mrg You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
   4945   1.3  mrg in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
   4946   1.3  mrg type that must be passed in the stack.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
   4947   1.3  mrg is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
   4948   1.3  mrg argument, the compiler will abort.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
   4949   1.3  mrg defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
   4950   1.3  mrg a register.",
   4951   1.9  mrg  rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4952   1.1  mrg  default_function_arg)
   4953   1.1  mrg 
   4954   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4955   1.1  mrg (function_incoming_arg,
   4956   1.6  mrg  "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
   4957   1.6  mrg views of where arguments are passed.  Also define this hook if there are\n\
   4958   1.6  mrg functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
   4959   1.6  mrg and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
   4960   1.3  mrg \n\
   4961   1.6  mrg In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
   4962   1.3  mrg which the caller passes the value, and\n\
   4963   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
   4964   1.3  mrg fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
   4965   1.3  mrg arrive.\n\
   4966   1.3  mrg \n\
   4967   1.6  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
   4968   1.6  mrg computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
   4969   1.6  mrg so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
   4970   1.6  mrg \n\
   4971   1.3  mrg If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
   4972   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
   4973   1.9  mrg  rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
   4974   1.1  mrg  default_function_incoming_arg)
   4975   1.1  mrg 
   4976   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4977   1.1  mrg (function_arg_boundary,
   4978   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
   4979   1.3  mrg with the specified mode and type.  The default hook returns\n\
   4980   1.3  mrg @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
   4981   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4982   1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_boundary)
   4983   1.1  mrg 
   4984   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4985   1.1  mrg (function_arg_round_boundary,
   4986   1.1  mrg  "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
   4987   1.1  mrg which is the default value for this hook.  You can define this hook to\n\
   4988   1.1  mrg return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
   4989   1.1  mrg value.",
   4990   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4991   1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_round_boundary)
   4992   1.1  mrg 
   4993   1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
   4994   1.1  mrg    is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
   4995   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4996   1.1  mrg (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
   4997   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4998   1.3  mrg illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
   4999   1.3  mrg with prototype @var{typelist}.",
   5000   1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
   5001   1.1  mrg  hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
   5002   1.1  mrg 
   5003   1.1  mrg /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
   5004   1.1  mrg    specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE.  */
   5005   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5006   1.1  mrg (function_value,
   5007   1.3  mrg  "\n\
   5008   1.3  mrg Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
   5009   1.3  mrg returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
   5010   1.3  mrg representing a data type.  @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
   5011   1.3  mrg representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
   5012   1.3  mrg function being called.  If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
   5013   1.3  mrg compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
   5014   1.3  mrg Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
   5015   1.3  mrg a function returns a value.\n\
   5016   1.3  mrg \n\
   5017   1.3  mrg On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
   5018   1.3  mrg (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
   5019   1.3  mrg place regardless of mode.)  The value of the expression is usually a\n\
   5020   1.3  mrg @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
   5021   1.3  mrg The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
   5022   1.3  mrg multiple places.  See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
   5023   1.3  mrg @code{parallel} form.   Note that the callee will populate every\n\
   5024   1.3  mrg location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
   5025   1.3  mrg the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
   5026   1.3  mrg that element as the canonical location and ignore the others.  The m68k\n\
   5027   1.3  mrg port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
   5028   1.3  mrg @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
   5029   1.3  mrg \n\
   5030   1.3  mrg If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
   5031   1.3  mrg the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
   5032   1.3  mrg @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
   5033   1.3  mrg \n\
   5034   1.3  mrg If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
   5035   1.3  mrg node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
   5036   1.3  mrg pointer.  This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
   5037   1.3  mrg convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
   5038   1.3  mrg known.\n\
   5039   1.3  mrg \n\
   5040   1.3  mrg Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
   5041   1.3  mrg which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
   5042   1.3  mrg the caller sees the value.  For such machines, you should return\n\
   5043   1.3  mrg different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
   5044   1.3  mrg \n\
   5045   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
   5046   1.3  mrg aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way.  See\n\
   5047   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
   5048   1.1  mrg  rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
   5049   1.1  mrg  default_function_value)
   5050   1.1  mrg 
   5051   1.1  mrg /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
   5052   1.1  mrg    calling the function FN_NAME.  */
   5053   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5054   1.1  mrg (libcall_value,
   5055   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
   5056   1.3  mrg function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
   5057   1.3  mrg \n\
   5058   1.3  mrg The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
   5059   1.3  mrg library function is given by @var{fun}.  The hook should return an RTX\n\
   5060   1.3  mrg representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
   5061   1.3  mrg \n\
   5062   1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
   5063   1.3  mrg  rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
   5064   1.1  mrg  default_libcall_value)
   5065   1.1  mrg 
   5066   1.1  mrg /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
   5067   1.1  mrg    a function value as seen by the caller.  */
   5068   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5069   1.1  mrg (function_value_regno_p,
   5070   1.3  mrg  "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
   5071   1.3  mrg register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
   5072   1.3  mrg \n\
   5073   1.3  mrg A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
   5074   1.3  mrg second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
   5075   1.3  mrg recognized by this target hook.\n\
   5076   1.3  mrg \n\
   5077   1.3  mrg If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
   5078   1.3  mrg function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
   5079   1.3  mrg should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
   5080   1.3  mrg \n\
   5081   1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
   5082   1.1  mrg  bool, (const unsigned int regno),
   5083   1.1  mrg  default_function_value_regno_p)
   5084   1.1  mrg 
   5085   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   5086   1.9  mrg (fntype_abi,
   5087   1.9  mrg  "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
   5088   1.9  mrg definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
   5089   1.9  mrg descriptor.  Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
   5090   1.9  mrg interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
   5091   1.9  mrg  const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
   5092   1.9  mrg  NULL)
   5093   1.9  mrg 
   5094   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   5095   1.9  mrg (insn_callee_abi,
   5096   1.9  mrg  "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
   5097   1.9  mrg call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
   5098   1.9  mrg @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
   5099   1.9  mrg Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
   5100   1.9  mrg directly.\n\
   5101   1.9  mrg \n\
   5102   1.9  mrg Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
   5103   1.9  mrg interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
   5104   1.9  mrg  const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
   5105   1.9  mrg  NULL)
   5106   1.9  mrg 
   5107   1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   5108   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   5109   1.1  mrg (internal_arg_pointer,
   5110   1.1  mrg "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
   5111   1.1  mrg  current function.",
   5112   1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   5113   1.1  mrg  default_internal_arg_pointer)
   5114   1.1  mrg 
   5115   1.1  mrg /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed.  */
   5116   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5117   1.1  mrg (update_stack_boundary,
   5118   1.3  mrg  "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
   5119   1.3  mrg necessary.",
   5120   1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   5121   1.1  mrg 
   5122   1.1  mrg /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
   5123   1.1  mrg    Argument Pointer if necessary.  */
   5124   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5125   1.1  mrg (get_drap_rtx,
   5126   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
   5127   1.3  mrg different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
   5128   1.3  mrg argument list due to stack realignment.  Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
   5129   1.3  mrg is needed.",
   5130   1.1  mrg  rtx, (void), NULL)
   5131   1.1  mrg 
   5132  1.11  mrg /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers.  */
   5133  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   5134  1.11  mrg (zero_call_used_regs,
   5135  1.11  mrg  "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
   5136  1.11  mrg that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
   5137  1.11  mrg Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
   5138  1.11  mrg \n\
   5139  1.11  mrg For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
   5140  1.11  mrg @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
   5141  1.11  mrg clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
   5142  1.11  mrg clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
   5143  1.11  mrg under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
   5144  1.11  mrg call used registers.\n\
   5145  1.11  mrg \n\
   5146  1.11  mrg The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
   5147  1.11  mrg all the registers in @var{selected_regs}.  Define this hook if the\n\
   5148  1.11  mrg target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
   5149  1.11  mrg or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
   5150  1.11  mrg values that are useful to an attacker.",
   5151  1.11  mrg  HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
   5152  1.11  mrg default_zero_call_used_regs)
   5153  1.11  mrg 
   5154   1.1  mrg /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
   5155   1.1  mrg    stack.  */
   5156   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5157   1.1  mrg (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
   5158   1.3  mrg  "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
   5159   1.3  mrg arguments should be allocated to stack slots.  Normally, GCC allocates\n\
   5160   1.3  mrg stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
   5161   1.3  mrg debugging easier.  However, when a function is declared with\n\
   5162   1.3  mrg @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
   5163   1.3  mrg cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
   5164   1.3  mrg to the stack.  Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
   5165   1.3  mrg false for naked functions.  The default implementation always returns true.",
   5166   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5167   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   5168   1.1  mrg 
   5169   1.3  mrg /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE.  If INCOMING_P
   5170   1.3  mrg    is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller.  */
   5171   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5172   1.1  mrg (static_chain,
   5173   1.3  mrg  "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
   5174   1.3  mrg targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
   5175   1.3  mrg nested functions.  This may be required if the target has function\n\
   5176   1.3  mrg attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
   5177   1.3  mrg those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
   5178   1.3  mrg \n\
   5179   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
   5180   1.3  mrg \n\
   5181   1.3  mrg If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
   5182   1.3  mrg provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
   5183   1.3  mrg Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
   5184   1.3  mrg from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
   5185   1.3  mrg will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
   5186   1.3  mrg @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
   5187   1.3  mrg @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
   5188   1.3  mrg @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
   5189   1.3  mrg The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
   5190   1.3  mrg @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
   5191   1.3  mrg to refer to those items.",
   5192   1.3  mrg  rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
   5193   1.1  mrg  default_static_chain)
   5194   1.1  mrg 
   5195   1.1  mrg /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
   5196   1.1  mrg    static chain value of CHAIN.  */
   5197   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5198   1.1  mrg (trampoline_init,
   5199   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
   5200   1.3  mrg @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
   5201   1.3  mrg is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
   5202   1.3  mrg RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
   5203   1.3  mrg when it is called.\n\
   5204   1.3  mrg \n\
   5205   1.3  mrg If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
   5206   1.3  mrg first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
   5207   1.3  mrg from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
   5208   1.3  mrg Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
   5209   1.3  mrg trampoline.  If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
   5210   1.3  mrg to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
   5211   1.3  mrg \n\
   5212  1.11  mrg If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
   5213  1.11  mrg (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
   5214   1.3  mrg enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
   5215   1.3  mrg initializing the trampoline proper.",
   5216   1.1  mrg  void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
   5217   1.1  mrg  default_trampoline_init)
   5218   1.1  mrg 
   5219  1.11  mrg /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache.  */
   5220  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   5221  1.11  mrg (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
   5222  1.11  mrg  "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
   5223  1.11  mrg but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
   5224  1.11  mrg maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
   5225  1.11  mrg to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
   5226  1.11  mrg \n\
   5227  1.11  mrg The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
   5228  1.11  mrg taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration.  Overriding\n\
   5229  1.11  mrg definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
   5230  1.11  mrg conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
   5231  1.11  mrg  void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
   5232  1.11  mrg  default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
   5233  1.11  mrg 
   5234   1.1  mrg /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way.  */
   5235   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5236   1.1  mrg (trampoline_adjust_address,
   5237   1.3  mrg  "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
   5238   1.3  mrg the address of the trampoline.  Its argument contains the address of the\n\
   5239   1.3  mrg memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}.  In case\n\
   5240   1.3  mrg the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
   5241   1.3  mrg address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
   5242   1.3  mrg be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
   5243   1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
   5244   1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
   5245   1.1  mrg 
   5246   1.6  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5247   1.6  mrg (custom_function_descriptors,
   5248   1.8  mrg  "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
   5249   1.8  mrg functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
   5250   1.8  mrg in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
   5251   1.8  mrg run time.  This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
   5252   1.8  mrg pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers.  For example, on\n\
   5253   1.8  mrg targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
   5254   1.8  mrg value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
   5255   1.8  mrg reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
   5256   1.8  mrg \n\
   5257   1.8  mrg Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
   5258   1.8  mrg function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
   5259   1.8  mrg HPPA or IA-64.\n\
   5260   1.8  mrg \n\
   5261   1.8  mrg Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
   5262   1.6  mrg eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
   5263  1.11  mrg it to be made executable.",
   5264   1.6  mrg  int, -1)
   5265   1.6  mrg 
   5266   1.1  mrg /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
   5267   1.1  mrg    pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
   5268   1.1  mrg    caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.  */
   5269   1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters.  */
   5270   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5271   1.1  mrg (return_pops_args,
   5272   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
   5273   1.3  mrg a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
   5274   1.3  mrg and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
   5275   1.3  mrg \n\
   5276   1.3  mrg @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
   5277   1.3  mrg the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
   5278   1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
   5279   1.3  mrg From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
   5280   1.3  mrg \n\
   5281   1.3  mrg @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
   5282   1.3  mrg describes the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
   5283   1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
   5284   1.3  mrg From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
   5285   1.3  mrg arguments (if known).\n\
   5286   1.3  mrg \n\
   5287   1.3  mrg When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
   5288   1.3  mrg will contain an identifier node for the library function.  Thus, if\n\
   5289   1.3  mrg you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
   5290   1.3  mrg by their names.  Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
   5291   1.3  mrg a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
   5292   1.3  mrg in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
   5293   1.3  mrg \n\
   5294   1.3  mrg @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
   5295   1.3  mrg stack.  If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
   5296   1.3  mrg argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
   5297   1.3  mrg \n\
   5298   1.3  mrg On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
   5299   1.3  mrg of this macro is @var{size}.  On the 68000, using the standard\n\
   5300   1.3  mrg calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
   5301   1.3  mrg the macro is always 0 in this case.  But an alternative calling\n\
   5302   1.3  mrg convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
   5303   1.3  mrg arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
   5304   1.3  mrg nothing (the caller pops all).  When this convention is in use,\n\
   5305   1.3  mrg @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
   5306   1.3  mrg number of arguments.",
   5307   1.7  mrg  poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
   5308   1.1  mrg  default_return_pops_args)
   5309   1.1  mrg 
   5310   1.1  mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
   5311   1.1  mrg    returned.  */
   5312   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5313   1.1  mrg (get_raw_result_mode,
   5314  1.11  mrg  "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
   5315  1.11  mrg registers in @code{__builtin_return}.  Define this macro if the value\n\
   5316  1.11  mrg in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
   5317   1.7  mrg  fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
   5318   1.1  mrg  default_get_reg_raw_mode)
   5319   1.1  mrg 
   5320   1.1  mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
   5321   1.1  mrg    passed.  */
   5322   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5323   1.1  mrg (get_raw_arg_mode,
   5324  1.11  mrg  "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
   5325  1.11  mrg registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}.  Define this macro if the value\n\
   5326  1.11  mrg in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
   5327   1.7  mrg  fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
   5328   1.1  mrg  default_get_reg_raw_mode)
   5329   1.1  mrg 
   5330   1.7  mrg /* Return true if a type is an empty record.  */
   5331   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5332   1.7  mrg (empty_record_p,
   5333   1.7  mrg  "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record.  The default\n\
   5334   1.7  mrg is to return @code{false}.",
   5335   1.7  mrg  bool, (const_tree type),
   5336   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   5337   1.7  mrg 
   5338   1.7  mrg /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI.  */
   5339   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5340   1.7  mrg (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
   5341   1.7  mrg  "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
   5342   1.7  mrg ABI.",
   5343   1.7  mrg  void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
   5344   1.7  mrg  hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
   5345   1.7  mrg 
   5346   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
   5347   1.1  mrg 
   5348   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5349   1.3  mrg (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
   5350   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
   5351   1.3  mrg for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
   5352   1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   5353   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5354   1.3  mrg 
   5355   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5356   1.3  mrg (init_pic_reg,
   5357   1.3  mrg  "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
   5358   1.3  mrg This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
   5359   1.3  mrg  void, (void),
   5360   1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5361   1.3  mrg 
   5362   1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
   5363   1.1  mrg    to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise.  */
   5364   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5365   1.1  mrg (invalid_conversion,
   5366   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   5367   1.3  mrg invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
   5368   1.3  mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.",
   5369   1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
   5370   1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
   5371   1.1  mrg 
   5372   1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
   5373   1.1  mrg    not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise.  */
   5374   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5375   1.1  mrg (invalid_unary_op,
   5376   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   5377   1.3  mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
   5378   1.3  mrg @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
   5379   1.3  mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.",
   5380   1.1  mrg  const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
   5381   1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
   5382   1.1  mrg 
   5383   1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
   5384   1.1  mrg    is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise.  */
   5385   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5386   1.1  mrg (invalid_binary_op,
   5387   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   5388   1.3  mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
   5389   1.3  mrg and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
   5390   1.3  mrg the front end.",
   5391   1.1  mrg  const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
   5392   1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
   5393   1.1  mrg 
   5394   1.1  mrg /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
   5395   1.1  mrg    expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
   5396   1.1  mrg    or NULL_TREE otherwise.  */
   5397   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5398   1.1  mrg (promoted_type,
   5399   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
   5400   1.3  mrg @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
   5401   1.3  mrg analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
   5402   1.3  mrg front end's normal promotion rules.  This hook is useful when there are\n\
   5403   1.3  mrg target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
   5404   1.3  mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   5405   1.1  mrg  tree, (const_tree type),
   5406   1.1  mrg  hook_tree_const_tree_null)
   5407   1.1  mrg 
   5408   1.1  mrg /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
   5409   1.1  mrg    rules are involved.  Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
   5410   1.1  mrg    the standard conversion rules.  */
   5411   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5412   1.1  mrg (convert_to_type,
   5413   1.3  mrg  "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
   5414   1.3  mrg @var{type}.  It should return the converted expression,\n\
   5415   1.3  mrg or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
   5416   1.3  mrg This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
   5417   1.3  mrg conversion rules.\n\
   5418   1.3  mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   5419   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type, tree expr),
   5420   1.1  mrg  hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
   5421   1.1  mrg 
   5422   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5423   1.9  mrg (verify_type_context,
   5424   1.9  mrg  "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
   5425   1.9  mrg why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
   5426   1.9  mrg by @var{context}.  When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
   5427   1.9  mrg error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
   5428   1.9  mrg \n\
   5429   1.9  mrg Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
   5430   1.9  mrg @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
   5431   1.9  mrg default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
   5432   1.9  mrg \n\
   5433   1.9  mrg The default implementation always returns true.",
   5434   1.9  mrg  bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
   5435   1.9  mrg 	bool silent_p),
   5436   1.9  mrg  NULL)
   5437   1.9  mrg 
   5438   1.9  mrg DEFHOOK
   5439   1.7  mrg (can_change_mode_class,
   5440   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
   5441   1.7  mrg registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
   5442   1.7  mrg and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
   5443   1.7  mrg The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
   5444   1.7  mrg both @code{from} and @code{to}.  The default implementation returns true.\n\
   5445   1.7  mrg \n\
   5446   1.7  mrg As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
   5447   1.7  mrg floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
   5448   1.7  mrg to 64 bits.  Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
   5449   1.7  mrg 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
   5450   1.7  mrg for a normal register.  Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
   5451   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
   5452   1.7  mrg \n\
   5453   1.7  mrg @smallexample\n\
   5454   1.7  mrg (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
   5455   1.7  mrg  || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
   5456   1.7  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   5457   1.7  mrg \n\
   5458   1.7  mrg Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
   5459   1.7  mrg if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
   5460   1.7  mrg than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
   5461   1.7  mrg mode.  This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
   5462   1.7  mrg or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
   5463   1.7  mrg eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
   5464   1.7  mrg Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
   5465   1.7  mrg entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
   5466   1.7  mrg value that the middle-end intended.",
   5467   1.7  mrg  bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
   5468   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
   5469   1.7  mrg 
   5470   1.4  mrg /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA.  */
   5471   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   5472   1.4  mrg (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
   5473   1.4  mrg  "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
   5474   1.4  mrg   allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
   5475   1.4  mrg   \n\
   5476   1.4  mrg   The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
   5477   1.4  mrg  reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
   5478   1.4  mrg  default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
   5479   1.4  mrg 
   5480   1.1  mrg /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload.  */
   5481   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5482   1.1  mrg (lra_p,
   5483  1.11  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
   5484  1.11  mrg \n\
   5485  1.11  mrg The default version of this target hook returns true.  New ports\n\
   5486  1.11  mrg should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
   5487   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5488   1.1  mrg  default_lra_p)
   5489   1.1  mrg 
   5490   1.1  mrg /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target.  */
   5491   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5492   1.1  mrg (register_priority,
   5493  1.11  mrg  "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
   5494  1.11  mrg register @var{hard_regno} belongs to.  The bigger the number, the\n\
   5495  1.11  mrg more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
   5496  1.11  mrg the same).  This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
   5497  1.11  mrg others in LRA.  For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
   5498  1.11  mrg additional prefix which makes instructions longer.  The hook can\n\
   5499  1.11  mrg return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
   5500  1.11  mrg and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
   5501  1.11  mrg \n\
   5502  1.11  mrg The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
   5503   1.1  mrg  int, (int),
   5504   1.1  mrg  default_register_priority)
   5505   1.1  mrg 
   5506   1.3  mrg /* Return true if we need register usage leveling.  */
   5507   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5508   1.3  mrg (register_usage_leveling_p,
   5509  1.11  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
   5510  1.11  mrg That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
   5511  1.11  mrg assignment, we choose the least used hard register.  The register\n\
   5512  1.11  mrg usage leveling may be profitable for some targets.  Don't use the\n\
   5513  1.11  mrg usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
   5514  1.11  mrg with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
   5515  1.11  mrg optimizations.\n\
   5516  1.11  mrg \n\
   5517  1.11  mrg The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
   5518   1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   5519   1.3  mrg  default_register_usage_leveling_p)
   5520   1.3  mrg 
   5521   1.1  mrg /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different.  */
   5522   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5523   1.1  mrg (different_addr_displacement_p,
   5524  1.11  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
   5525  1.11  mrg can have different maximal legitimate displacement.  For example, the\n\
   5526  1.11  mrg displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
   5527  1.11  mrg the insn.\n\
   5528  1.11  mrg \n\
   5529  1.11  mrg The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
   5530   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5531   1.1  mrg  default_different_addr_displacement_p)
   5532   1.1  mrg 
   5533   1.1  mrg /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
   5534   1.1  mrg    instead of memory.  */
   5535   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5536   1.1  mrg (spill_class,
   5537  1.11  mrg  "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
   5538  1.11  mrg pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
   5539  1.11  mrg should be used.  Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
   5540  1.11  mrg @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
   5541   1.3  mrg  reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
   5542   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   5543   1.1  mrg 
   5544   1.6  mrg /* Determine an additional allocno class.  */
   5545   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   5546   1.6  mrg (additional_allocno_class_p,
   5547  1.11  mrg  "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
   5548  1.11  mrg be an allocno class in any way.  Usually RA uses only one register\n\
   5549  1.11  mrg class from all classes containing the same register set.  In some\n\
   5550  1.11  mrg complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
   5551  1.11  mrg allocno ones for RA correct work.  Not defining this hook is\n\
   5552  1.11  mrg equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
   5553   1.6  mrg  bool, (reg_class_t),
   5554   1.6  mrg  hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
   5555   1.6  mrg 
   5556   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5557   1.3  mrg (cstore_mode,
   5558  1.11  mrg  "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
   5559  1.11  mrg conditional store patterns.  The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
   5560  1.11  mrg for the cstore being performed.  Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
   5561  1.11  mrg as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
   5562  1.11  mrg patterns.",
   5563   1.7  mrg   scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
   5564   1.3  mrg   default_cstore_mode)
   5565   1.3  mrg 
   5566   1.6  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
   5567   1.6  mrg    classes to use.  */
   5568   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   5569   1.6  mrg (compute_pressure_classes,
   5570  1.11  mrg  "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
   5571  1.11  mrg be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
   5572  1.11  mrg account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them.  It returns the number of\n\
   5573  1.11  mrg register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
   5574   1.6  mrg  int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
   5575   1.6  mrg 
   5576   1.1  mrg /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
   5577   1.1  mrg    be accessed using BLKmode.  */
   5578   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5579   1.1  mrg (member_type_forces_blk,
   5580   1.3  mrg  "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
   5581   1.3  mrg be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
   5582   1.3  mrg \n\
   5583   1.3  mrg If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
   5584   1.3  mrg mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode.  @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
   5585   1.3  mrg case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
   5586   1.3  mrg retain the field's mode.\n\
   5587   1.3  mrg \n\
   5588   1.3  mrg Normally, this is not needed.",
   5589   1.3  mrg  bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
   5590   1.1  mrg  default_member_type_forces_blk)
   5591   1.1  mrg 
   5592  1.11  mrg /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
   5593   1.6  mrg    that gate the divod transform.  */
   5594   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   5595   1.6  mrg (expand_divmod_libfunc,
   5596   1.6  mrg  "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
   5597  1.11  mrg hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
   5598   1.6  mrg  void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
   5599   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   5600   1.6  mrg 
   5601   1.1  mrg /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information.  */
   5602   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5603   1.1  mrg (secondary_reload,
   5604   1.3  mrg  "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
   5605   1.3  mrg from memory or even from other types of registers.  An example is the\n\
   5606   1.3  mrg @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
   5607   1.3  mrg from general registers, but not memory.  Below, we shall be using the\n\
   5608   1.3  mrg term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
   5609   1.3  mrg directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
   5610   1.3  mrg register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
   5611   1.3  mrg destination.  An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
   5612   1.3  mrg source and destination.  Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
   5613   1.3  mrg reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
   5614   1.3  mrg and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
   5615   1.3  mrg intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
   5616   1.3  mrg \n\
   5617   1.3  mrg Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
   5618   1.3  mrg allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
   5619   1.3  mrg register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
   5620   1.3  mrg address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
   5621   1.3  mrg when compiling PIC)@.  Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
   5622   1.3  mrg as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
   5623   1.3  mrg that being copied.  Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
   5624   1.3  mrg describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
   5625   1.3  mrg these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
   5626   1.3  mrg of the scratch register(s).\n\
   5627   1.3  mrg \n\
   5628   1.3  mrg In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
   5629   1.3  mrg \n\
   5630   1.3  mrg For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
   5631   1.3  mrg and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
   5632   1.3  mrg @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}.  For output reloads, this target\n\
   5633   1.3  mrg hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
   5634   1.3  mrg needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
   5635   1.3  mrg \n\
   5636   1.3  mrg If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
   5637   1.3  mrg an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
   5638   1.3  mrg return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
   5639   1.3  mrg If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
   5640   1.3  mrg If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
   5641   1.3  mrg that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
   5642   1.3  mrg \n\
   5643   1.3  mrg If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
   5644   1.3  mrg perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
   5645   1.3  mrg closest intermediate register.  Or if no intermediate register is\n\
   5646   1.3  mrg required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
   5647   1.3  mrg copy  from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
   5648   1.3  mrg \n\
   5649   1.3  mrg You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
   5650   1.3  mrg in the md file which performs the move.  Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
   5651   1.3  mrg and input of this copy, respectively.  Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
   5652   1.3  mrg for scratch operands.  These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
   5653   1.3  mrg single-register-class\n\
   5654   1.3  mrg @c [later: or memory]\n\
   5655   1.3  mrg output constraint.\n\
   5656   1.3  mrg \n\
   5657   1.3  mrg When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
   5658   1.3  mrg hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
   5659   1.3  mrg register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
   5660   1.3  mrg have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
   5661   1.3  mrg \n\
   5662   1.3  mrg @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
   5663   1.3  mrg @c   the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
   5664   1.3  mrg @c   and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
   5665   1.3  mrg @c   alternative.  A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
   5666   1.3  mrg @c   against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
   5667   1.3  mrg @c   constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
   5668   1.3  mrg @c   arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
   5669   1.3  mrg @c   Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
   5670   1.3  mrg \n\
   5671   1.3  mrg \n\
   5672   1.3  mrg @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
   5673   1.3  mrg pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
   5674   1.3  mrg Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
   5675   1.3  mrg in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
   5676   1.3  mrg \n\
   5677   1.3  mrg Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
   5678   1.3  mrg currently not supported.  For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
   5679   1.7  mrg to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
   5680   1.3  mrg \n\
   5681   1.3  mrg @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
   5682   1.3  mrg copied.  If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
   5683   1.3  mrg (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
   5684   1.3  mrg Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
   5685   1.3  mrg of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
   5686   1.3  mrg forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
   5687   1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   5688   1.3  mrg  (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
   5689   1.1  mrg   secondary_reload_info *sri),
   5690   1.1  mrg  default_secondary_reload)
   5691   1.1  mrg 
   5692   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5693   1.7  mrg (secondary_memory_needed,
   5694   1.7  mrg  "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
   5695   1.7  mrg to some other registers without using memory.  Define this hook on\n\
   5696   1.7  mrg those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
   5697   1.7  mrg of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
   5698   1.7  mrg  storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
   5699   1.7  mrg location into a register of @var{class2}.  The default definition returns\n\
   5700   1.7  mrg false for all inputs.",
   5701   1.7  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
   5702   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
   5703   1.7  mrg 
   5704   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5705   1.7  mrg (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
   5706   1.7  mrg  "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
   5707   1.7  mrg when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
   5708   1.7  mrg this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
   5709   1.7  mrg \n\
   5710   1.7  mrg The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}.  Without LRA, the default\n\
   5711   1.7  mrg is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
   5712   1.7  mrg a word.  This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
   5713   1.7  mrg that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
   5714   1.7  mrg registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
   5715   1.7  mrg floating-point registers.\n\
   5716   1.7  mrg \n\
   5717   1.7  mrg However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
   5718   1.7  mrg the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
   5719   1.7  mrg differently than in integer registers.  On those machines, the default\n\
   5720   1.7  mrg widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
   5721  1.11  mrg suppress that widening in some cases.  See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\
   5722   1.7  mrg details.\n\
   5723   1.7  mrg \n\
   5724   1.7  mrg With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
   5725   1.7  mrg  machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
   5726   1.7  mrg  default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
   5727   1.7  mrg 
   5728   1.1  mrg /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
   5729   1.1  mrg    return the class of reg to actually use.  */
   5730   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5731   1.1  mrg (preferred_reload_class,
   5732   1.3  mrg  "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
   5733   1.3  mrg to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
   5734   1.3  mrg @var{rclass}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
   5735   1.3  mrg another, smaller class.\n\
   5736   1.3  mrg \n\
   5737   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
   5738   1.3  mrg \n\
   5739   1.3  mrg Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\n\
   5740   1.3  mrg example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
   5741   1.3  mrg for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
   5742   1.3  mrg @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
   5743   1.3  mrg Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
   5744   1.3  mrg \n\
   5745   1.3  mrg One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
   5746   1.3  mrg @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
   5747   1.3  mrg loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
   5748   1.3  mrg force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load\n\
   5749   1.3  mrg immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
   5750   1.3  mrg instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
   5751   1.3  mrg register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
   5752   1.3  mrg @var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant can't be loaded\n\
   5753   1.3  mrg into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
   5754   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
   5755   1.3  mrg of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
   5756   1.3  mrg \n\
   5757   1.3  mrg If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
   5758   1.3  mrg through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
   5759   1.3  mrg to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
   5760   1.3  mrg reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
   5761   1.3  mrg this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
   5762   1.3  mrg the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
   5763   1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   5764   1.1  mrg  (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
   5765   1.1  mrg  default_preferred_reload_class)
   5766   1.1  mrg 
   5767   1.1  mrg /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
   5768   1.1  mrg    input reloads.  */
   5769   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5770   1.1  mrg (preferred_output_reload_class,
   5771   1.3  mrg  "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
   5772   1.3  mrg input reloads.\n\
   5773   1.3  mrg \n\
   5774   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
   5775   1.3  mrg argument.\n\
   5776   1.3  mrg \n\
   5777   1.3  mrg You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
   5778   1.3  mrg reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
   5779   1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   5780   1.1  mrg  (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
   5781   1.1  mrg  default_preferred_output_reload_class)
   5782   1.1  mrg 
   5783   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5784   1.7  mrg (select_early_remat_modes,
   5785   1.7  mrg  "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
   5786   1.7  mrg standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
   5787   1.7  mrg The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
   5788   1.7  mrg recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
   5789   1.7  mrg \n\
   5790   1.7  mrg This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
   5791   1.7  mrg in @var{modes}.  The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
   5792   1.7  mrg the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
   5793   1.7  mrg  void, (sbitmap modes),
   5794   1.7  mrg  default_select_early_remat_modes)
   5795   1.7  mrg 
   5796   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5797   1.1  mrg (class_likely_spilled_p,
   5798   1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
   5799   1.3  mrg to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
   5800   1.3  mrg registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
   5801   1.3  mrg \n\
   5802   1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
   5803   1.3  mrg has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise.  On most machines, this\n\
   5804   1.3  mrg default should be used.  For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
   5805   1.3  mrg i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
   5806   1.3  mrg can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
   5807   1.3  mrg \n\
   5808   1.3  mrg This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
   5809   1.3  mrg transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
   5810   1.3  mrg pressure.",
   5811   1.1  mrg  bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
   5812   1.1  mrg  default_class_likely_spilled_p)
   5813   1.1  mrg 
   5814   1.1  mrg /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
   5815   1.1  mrg    needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS.  */
   5816   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5817   1.1  mrg (class_max_nregs,
   5818   1.3  mrg  "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
   5819   1.3  mrg of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   5820   1.3  mrg \n\
   5821   1.7  mrg This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
   5822   1.7  mrg In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
   5823   1.3  mrg @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
   5824   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
   5825   1.3  mrg values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
   5826   1.3  mrg \n\
   5827   1.3  mrg This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
   5828   1.3  mrg in the reload pass.\n\
   5829   1.3  mrg \n\
   5830   1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
   5831   1.3  mrg in words.",
   5832   1.3  mrg  unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
   5833   1.1  mrg  default_class_max_nregs)
   5834   1.1  mrg 
   5835   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5836   1.1  mrg (preferred_rename_class,
   5837  1.11  mrg  "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
   5838  1.11  mrg class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
   5839  1.11  mrg @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
   5840  1.11  mrg preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
   5841  1.11  mrg is not implemented.\n\
   5842  1.11  mrg Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\n\
   5843  1.11  mrg example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
   5844  1.11  mrg smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}.  By returning\n\
   5845  1.11  mrg @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
   5846  1.11  mrg be reduced.",
   5847   1.1  mrg  reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
   5848   1.1  mrg  default_preferred_rename_class)
   5849   1.1  mrg 
   5850   1.3  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
   5851   1.3  mrg    during register allocation.  */
   5852   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5853   1.3  mrg (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
   5854   1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
   5855   1.3  mrg substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
   5856   1.3  mrg register allocation.\n\
   5857   1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
   5858   1.3  mrg On most machines, this default should be used.  For generally\n\
   5859   1.3  mrg machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
   5860   1.3  mrg as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
   5861   1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx subst),
   5862   1.3  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_false)
   5863   1.3  mrg 
   5864   1.3  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
   5865   1.3  mrg    displacement addressing.  */
   5866   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5867   1.3  mrg (legitimize_address_displacement,
   5868   1.7  mrg  "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
   5869   1.7  mrg two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
   5870   1.7  mrg a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
   5871   1.7  mrg to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}.  The idea is that\n\
   5872   1.7  mrg the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
   5873   1.7  mrg \n\
   5874   1.7  mrg The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
   5875   1.7  mrg anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
   5876   1.7  mrg from the anchor in @var{offset2}.  The default implementation returns false.",
   5877   1.7  mrg  bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
   5878   1.3  mrg  default_legitimize_address_displacement)
   5879   1.3  mrg 
   5880   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
   5881   1.1  mrg    processing while initializing for variable expansion.  */
   5882   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5883   1.1  mrg (expand_to_rtl_hook,
   5884   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
   5885   1.3  mrg to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
   5886   1.3  mrg For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
   5887   1.3  mrg for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
   5888   1.3  mrg registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
   5889   1.3  mrg usage.",
   5890   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5891   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5892   1.1  mrg 
   5893   1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
   5894   1.1  mrg    instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
   5895   1.1  mrg    but will be later.  */
   5896   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5897   1.1  mrg (instantiate_decls,
   5898   1.3  mrg  "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
   5899   1.3  mrg that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
   5900   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5901   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5902   1.1  mrg 
   5903   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5904   1.7  mrg (hard_regno_nregs,
   5905   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
   5906   1.7  mrg at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
   5907   1.7  mrg @var{mode}.  This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
   5908   1.7  mrg cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
   5909   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
   5910   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
   5911   1.7  mrg \n\
   5912   1.7  mrg The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
   5913   1.7  mrg  unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
   5914   1.7  mrg  default_hard_regno_nregs)
   5915   1.7  mrg 
   5916   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5917   1.7  mrg (hard_regno_mode_ok,
   5918   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
   5919   1.7  mrg of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
   5920   1.7  mrg registers starting with that one).  The default definition returns true\n\
   5921   1.7  mrg unconditionally.\n\
   5922   1.7  mrg \n\
   5923   1.7  mrg You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
   5924   1.7  mrg because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
   5925   1.7  mrg \n\
   5926   1.7  mrg @cindex register pairs\n\
   5927   1.7  mrg On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
   5928   1.7  mrg register pairs.  You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
   5929   1.7  mrg odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
   5930   1.7  mrg \n\
   5931   1.7  mrg The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
   5932   1.7  mrg @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
   5933   1.7  mrg register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
   5934   1.7  mrg value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
   5935   1.7  mrg \n\
   5936   1.7  mrg Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
   5937   1.7  mrg all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
   5938   1.7  mrg this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
   5939   1.7  mrg patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this.  This is\n\
   5940   1.7  mrg useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
   5941   1.7  mrg and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
   5942   1.7  mrg modes to be tieable.\n\
   5943   1.7  mrg \n\
   5944   1.7  mrg Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
   5945   1.7  mrg Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
   5946   1.7  mrg in floating point registers.  This is not true.  Any registers that\n\
   5947   1.7  mrg can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
   5948   1.7  mrg mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
   5949   1.7  mrg registers.  Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
   5950   1.7  mrg \n\
   5951   1.7  mrg On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
   5952   1.7  mrg modes may not go in floating registers.  This is true if the floating\n\
   5953   1.7  mrg registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
   5954   1.7  mrg non-floating value there would garble it.  In this case,\n\
   5955   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
   5956   1.7  mrg floating registers.  But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
   5957   1.7  mrg normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
   5958   1.7  mrg unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
   5959   1.7  mrg register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
   5960   1.7  mrg \n\
   5961   1.7  mrg The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
   5962   1.7  mrg they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
   5963   1.7  mrg instructions.  However, this is of no concern to\n\
   5964   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.  You handle it by writing the proper\n\
   5965   1.7  mrg constraints for those instructions.\n\
   5966   1.7  mrg \n\
   5967   1.7  mrg On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
   5968   1.7  mrg so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
   5969   1.7  mrg register if floating point arithmetic is not being done.  As long as the\n\
   5970   1.7  mrg floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
   5971   1.7  mrg be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
   5972   1.7  mrg  bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
   5973   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
   5974   1.7  mrg 
   5975   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   5976   1.7  mrg (modes_tieable_p,
   5977   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
   5978   1.7  mrg in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
   5979   1.7  mrg \n\
   5980   1.7  mrg If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
   5981   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
   5982   1.7  mrg the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
   5983   1.7  mrg @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
   5984   1.7  mrg should be true.  If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
   5985   1.7  mrg this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
   5986   1.7  mrg accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
   5987   1.7  mrg \n\
   5988   1.7  mrg You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
   5989   1.7  mrg possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
   5990   1.7  mrg allocation.  The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
   5991   1.7  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
   5992   1.7  mrg  hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
   5993   1.7  mrg 
   5994   1.1  mrg /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
   5995   1.1  mrg    in peephole2.  */
   5996   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5997   1.1  mrg (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
   5998   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
   5999   1.3  mrg @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
   6000   1.3  mrg \n\
   6001   1.3  mrg One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
   6002   1.3  mrg is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
   6003   1.3  mrg \n\
   6004   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
   6005   1.1  mrg  bool, (unsigned int regno),
   6006   1.1  mrg  default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
   6007   1.1  mrg 
   6008   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   6009   1.7  mrg (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
   6010   1.9  mrg  "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
   6011   1.9  mrg of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
   6012   1.9  mrg particular register.  This information is captured by the target macro\n\
   6013   1.9  mrg @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.  However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
   6014   1.9  mrg must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
   6015   1.9  mrg This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
   6016   1.9  mrg registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
   6017   1.9  mrg call would alter part of the @var{mode} value.  For example, if a call\n\
   6018   1.9  mrg preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
   6019   1.9  mrg clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
   6020   1.9  mrg but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
   6021   1.9  mrg \n\
   6022   1.9  mrg The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
   6023   1.9  mrg structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
   6024   1.9  mrg structure for more details.  If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
   6025   1.9  mrg for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
   6026   1.7  mrg \n\
   6027   1.7  mrg The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
   6028   1.7  mrg for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
   6029   1.9  mrg  bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
   6030   1.9  mrg  hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
   6031   1.8  mrg 
   6032   1.8  mrg DEFHOOK
   6033   1.8  mrg (get_multilib_abi_name,
   6034   1.8  mrg  "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
   6035   1.8  mrg  const char *, (void),
   6036   1.8  mrg  hook_constcharptr_void_null)
   6037   1.8  mrg 
   6038   1.1  mrg /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
   6039   1.1  mrg    use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.  */
   6040   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6041   1.1  mrg (case_values_threshold,
   6042   1.3  mrg  "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
   6043   1.3  mrg is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
   6044   1.3  mrg The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
   6045   1.3  mrg five otherwise.  This is best for most machines.",
   6046   1.1  mrg  unsigned int, (void),
   6047   1.1  mrg  default_case_values_threshold)
   6048   1.1  mrg 
   6049   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   6050   1.7  mrg (starting_frame_offset,
   6051   1.7  mrg  "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
   6052   1.7  mrg variable slot to be allocated.  If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
   6053   1.7  mrg offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
   6054   1.7  mrg offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated.  The default\n\
   6055   1.7  mrg implementation returns 0.",
   6056   1.7  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
   6057   1.7  mrg  hook_hwi_void_0)
   6058   1.7  mrg 
   6059   1.7  mrg /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout.  */
   6060   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   6061   1.7  mrg (compute_frame_layout,
   6062   1.7  mrg  "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
   6063   1.7  mrg recalculated.  The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
   6064   1.7  mrg be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
   6065   1.7  mrg layout on every invocation of that hook.  This is particularly useful\n\
   6066   1.7  mrg for targets that have an expensive frame layout function.  Implementing\n\
   6067   1.7  mrg this callback is optional.",
   6068   1.7  mrg  void, (void),
   6069   1.7  mrg  hook_void_void)
   6070   1.7  mrg 
   6071   1.6  mrg /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer.  */
   6072   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6073   1.1  mrg (frame_pointer_required,
   6074   1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
   6075   1.3  mrg a frame pointer.  This target hook is called in the reload pass.  If its return\n\
   6076   1.3  mrg value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
   6077   1.3  mrg \n\
   6078   1.3  mrg This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
   6079   1.3  mrg according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
   6080   1.3  mrg constant @code{true} suffices.  Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
   6081   1.3  mrg to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
   6082   1.3  mrg Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
   6083   1.3  mrg pointer.\n\
   6084   1.3  mrg \n\
   6085   1.3  mrg In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
   6086   1.3  mrg without a frame pointer.  The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
   6087   1.3  mrg automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
   6088   1.6  mrg @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns.  You don't need to worry about\n\
   6089   1.3  mrg them.\n\
   6090   1.3  mrg \n\
   6091   1.3  mrg In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
   6092   1.3  mrg register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
   6093   1.3  mrg fixed register.  See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
   6094   1.3  mrg \n\
   6095   1.3  mrg Default return value is @code{false}.",
   6096   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6097   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6098   1.1  mrg 
   6099   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
   6100   1.1  mrg    from-reg with register number to-reg.  */
   6101   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6102   1.1  mrg (can_eliminate,
   6103   1.6  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
   6104   1.3  mrg try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
   6105   1.6  mrg @var{to_reg}.  This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
   6106   1.6  mrg cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
   6107   1.3  mrg knows about.\n\
   6108   1.3  mrg \n\
   6109   1.3  mrg Default return value is @code{true}.",
   6110   1.1  mrg  bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
   6111   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
   6112   1.1  mrg 
   6113   1.1  mrg /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
   6114   1.1  mrg    reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
   6115   1.1  mrg    target.  */
   6116   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6117   1.1  mrg (conditional_register_usage,
   6118   1.3  mrg  "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
   6119   1.3  mrg @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
   6120   1.3  mrg @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
   6121   1.3  mrg any dependence of these register sets on target flags.  The first three\n\
   6122   1.6  mrg of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
   6123   1.3  mrg @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
   6124   1.3  mrg @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}.  Before the macro is\n\
   6125   1.3  mrg called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
   6126   1.3  mrg @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
   6127   1.3  mrg from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
   6128   1.3  mrg @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
   6129   1.3  mrg @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
   6130   1.3  mrg @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
   6131   1.3  mrg command options have been applied.\n\
   6132   1.3  mrg \n\
   6133   1.3  mrg @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
   6134   1.3  mrg @cindex controlling register usage\n\
   6135   1.3  mrg If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
   6136   1.3  mrg flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
   6137   1.3  mrg @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
   6138   1.3  mrg registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@.  Also make\n\
   6139   1.3  mrg @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
   6140   1.3  mrg that shouldn't be used.\n\
   6141   1.3  mrg \n\
   6142   1.3  mrg (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
   6143   1.3  mrg of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
   6144   1.3  mrg controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
   6145   1.3  mrg these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
   6146   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   6147   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   6148   1.1  mrg 
   6149   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   6150   1.8  mrg (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
   6151   1.8  mrg  "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
   6152  1.11  mrg When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
   6153   1.8  mrg up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
   6154   1.8  mrg On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
   6155  1.11  mrg Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
   6156  1.11  mrg Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
   6157   1.8  mrg of outgoing arguments.  If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
   6158   1.8  mrg You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
   6159   1.8  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
   6160   1.8  mrg  default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
   6161   1.7  mrg 
   6162   1.7  mrg 
   6163   1.1  mrg /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends.  */
   6164   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6165   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
   6166   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
   6167   1.1  mrg 
   6168   1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   6169   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   6170   1.1  mrg (mode_for_suffix,
   6171   1.1  mrg "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
   6172   1.1  mrg  or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
   6173   1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (char c),
   6174   1.1  mrg  default_mode_for_suffix)
   6175   1.1  mrg 
   6176   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6177   1.6  mrg (excess_precision,
   6178  1.11  mrg  "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
   6179  1.11  mrg @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
   6180  1.11  mrg applied.  @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
   6181  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
   6182  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
   6183  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}.  For\n\
   6184  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
   6185  1.11  mrg precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
   6186  1.11  mrg of the excess precision explicitly added.  For\n\
   6187  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
   6188  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
   6189  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
   6190  1.11  mrg explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
   6191  1.11  mrg value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\n\
   6192  1.11  mrg Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
   6193  1.11  mrg so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
   6194  1.11  mrg when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
   6195  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
   6196  1.11  mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
   6197   1.6  mrg  enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
   6198   1.6  mrg  default_excess_precision)
   6199   1.6  mrg 
   6200   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
   6201   1.1  mrg 
   6202   1.1  mrg /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend.  */
   6203   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6204   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
   6205   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
   6206   1.1  mrg 
   6207   1.1  mrg /* Return the integer type used for guard variables.  */
   6208   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6209   1.1  mrg (guard_type,
   6210   1.3  mrg  "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
   6211   1.3  mrg These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects.  The\n\
   6212   1.3  mrg default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
   6213   1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   6214   1.1  mrg  default_cxx_guard_type)
   6215   1.1  mrg 
   6216   1.1  mrg /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested.  */
   6217   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6218   1.1  mrg (guard_mask_bit,
   6219   1.3  mrg  "This hook determines how guard variables are used.  It should return\n\
   6220   1.3  mrg @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used.  A return value of\n\
   6221   1.3  mrg @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
   6222   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6223   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6224   1.1  mrg 
   6225   1.1  mrg /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type.  */
   6226   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6227   1.1  mrg (get_cookie_size,
   6228   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
   6229   1.3  mrg whose elements have the indicated @var{type}.  Assumes that it is already\n\
   6230   1.3  mrg known that a cookie is needed.  The default is\n\
   6231   1.3  mrg @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
   6232   1.3  mrg IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
   6233   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type),
   6234   1.1  mrg  default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
   6235   1.1  mrg 
   6236   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie.  */
   6237   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6238   1.1  mrg (cookie_has_size,
   6239   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
   6240   1.3  mrg array cookies.  The default is to return @code{false}.",
   6241   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6242   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6243   1.1  mrg 
   6244   1.1  mrg /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
   6245   1.1  mrg    deciding if a class should be exported or imported.  */
   6246   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6247   1.1  mrg (import_export_class,
   6248   1.3  mrg  "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
   6249   1.3  mrg class @var{type} to be overruled.  Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
   6250   1.3  mrg will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
   6251   1.3  mrg to be imported and 0 otherwise.  This function should return the\n\
   6252   1.3  mrg modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
   6253   1.3  mrg backend's targeted operating system.",
   6254   1.1  mrg  int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
   6255   1.1  mrg 
   6256   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this".  */
   6257   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6258   1.1  mrg (cdtor_returns_this,
   6259   1.3  mrg  "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
   6260   1.3  mrg the address of the object created/destroyed.  The default is to return\n\
   6261   1.3  mrg @code{false}.",
   6262   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6263   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6264   1.1  mrg 
   6265   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
   6266   1.1  mrg    function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
   6267   1.1  mrg    itself.  Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI.  */
   6268   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6269   1.1  mrg (key_method_may_be_inline,
   6270   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
   6271   1.3  mrg which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
   6272   1.3  mrg table to be emitted) may be an inline function.  Under the standard\n\
   6273   1.3  mrg Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
   6274   1.3  mrg the function is not declared inline in the class definition.  Under\n\
   6275   1.3  mrg some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
   6276   1.3  mrg method.  The default is to return @code{true}.",
   6277   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6278   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   6279   1.1  mrg 
   6280   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6281   1.1  mrg (determine_class_data_visibility,
   6282  1.11  mrg "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
   6283  1.11  mrg or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
   6284  1.11  mrg external linkage in this translation unit.  No ELF visibility has been\n\
   6285  1.11  mrg explicitly specified.  If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
   6286  1.11  mrg other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
   6287  1.11  mrg @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
   6288   1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl),
   6289   1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   6290   1.1  mrg 
   6291   1.1  mrg /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
   6292   1.1  mrg    similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
   6293   1.1  mrg    have external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then
   6294   1.1  mrg    class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
   6295   1.1  mrg    only one translation unit will not be COMDAT.  */
   6296   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6297   1.1  mrg (class_data_always_comdat,
   6298   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
   6299   1.3  mrg similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
   6300   1.3  mrg external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
   6301   1.3  mrg classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
   6302   1.3  mrg unit will not be COMDAT.",
   6303   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6304   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   6305   1.1  mrg 
   6306   1.1  mrg /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
   6307   1.1  mrg    which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
   6308   1.1  mrg    false if it should not be COMDAT.  */
   6309   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6310   1.1  mrg (library_rtti_comdat,
   6311   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
   6312   1.3  mrg the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
   6313   1.3  mrg be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
   6314   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6315   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   6316   1.1  mrg 
   6317   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
   6318   1.1  mrg    destructors.  */
   6319   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6320   1.1  mrg (use_aeabi_atexit,
   6321   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
   6322   1.3  mrg should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
   6323   1.3  mrg is in effect.  The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
   6324   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6325   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6326   1.1  mrg 
   6327   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
   6328   1.1  mrg    __cxa_atexit  to register static destructors.  */
   6329   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6330   1.1  mrg (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
   6331   1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
   6332   1.3  mrg in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
   6333   1.3  mrg destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
   6334   1.3  mrg shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
   6335   1.3  mrg unloaded. The default is to return false.",
   6336   1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   6337   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   6338   1.1  mrg 
   6339   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6340   1.1  mrg (adjust_class_at_definition,
   6341  1.11  mrg "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
   6342  1.11  mrg been defined.  Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
   6343  1.11  mrg visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
   6344   1.1  mrg  void, (tree type),
   6345   1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   6346   1.1  mrg 
   6347   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6348   1.1  mrg (decl_mangling_context,
   6349   1.1  mrg  "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
   6350   1.1  mrg  tree, (const_tree decl),
   6351   1.1  mrg  hook_tree_const_tree_null)
   6352   1.1  mrg 
   6353   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
   6354   1.1  mrg 
   6355   1.1  mrg /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support.  */
   6356   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6357   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
   6358   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
   6359   1.1  mrg 
   6360   1.1  mrg /* Name of the address and common functions.  */
   6361   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6362   1.1  mrg (get_address,
   6363   1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
   6364   1.3  mrg object to locate a TLS instance.  The default causes libgcc's\n\
   6365   1.3  mrg emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
   6366   1.1  mrg  const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
   6367   1.1  mrg 
   6368   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6369   1.1  mrg (register_common,
   6370   1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
   6371   1.3  mrg program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
   6372   1.3  mrg initialized to zero.  If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
   6373   1.3  mrg have explicit initializers.  The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
   6374   1.3  mrg registration function to be used.",
   6375   1.1  mrg  const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
   6376   1.1  mrg 
   6377   1.1  mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
   6378   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6379   1.1  mrg (var_section,
   6380   1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
   6381   1.3  mrg be placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
   6382   1.3  mrg any section.",
   6383   1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   6384   1.1  mrg 
   6385   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6386   1.1  mrg (tmpl_section,
   6387   1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
   6388   1.3  mrg placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
   6389   1.3  mrg section.",
   6390   1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   6391   1.1  mrg 
   6392   1.1  mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
   6393   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6394   1.1  mrg (var_prefix,
   6395   1.3  mrg  "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
   6396   1.3  mrg The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
   6397   1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   6398   1.1  mrg 
   6399   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6400   1.1  mrg (tmpl_prefix,
   6401   1.3  mrg  "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects.  The\n\
   6402   1.3  mrg default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
   6403   1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   6404   1.1  mrg 
   6405   1.1  mrg /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable.  */
   6406   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6407   1.1  mrg (var_fields,
   6408   1.3  mrg  "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
   6409   1.3  mrg object type.  @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
   6410   1.3  mrg @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
   6411   1.3  mrg @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable.  The default creates a type suitable\n\
   6412   1.3  mrg for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
   6413   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type, tree *name),
   6414   1.1  mrg  default_emutls_var_fields)
   6415   1.1  mrg 
   6416   1.1  mrg /* Function to initialize a proxy variable.  */
   6417   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6418   1.1  mrg (var_init,
   6419   1.3  mrg  "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
   6420   1.3  mrg TLS control object.  @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
   6421   1.3  mrg is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
   6422   1.3  mrg initializer.  The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
   6423   1.1  mrg  tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
   6424   1.1  mrg  default_emutls_var_init)
   6425   1.1  mrg 
   6426   1.1  mrg /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
   6427   1.1  mrg    proxy variable.  */
   6428   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6429   1.1  mrg (var_align_fixed,
   6430   1.3  mrg  "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
   6431   1.3  mrg fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
   6432   1.3  mrg single objects.  The default is false.",
   6433   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6434   1.1  mrg 
   6435   1.1  mrg /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars.  */
   6436   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6437   1.1  mrg (debug_form_tls_address,
   6438   1.3  mrg  "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
   6439   1.3  mrg may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
   6440   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6441   1.1  mrg 
   6442   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
   6443   1.1  mrg 
   6444   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6445   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
   6446   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
   6447   1.1  mrg 
   6448   1.1  mrg /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings.  If
   6449   1.1  mrg    the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
   6450   1.1  mrg    DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node.  */
   6451   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6452   1.1  mrg (valid_attribute_p,
   6453   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
   6454   1.3  mrg allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
   6455   1.3  mrg These function-specific options may differ\n\
   6456   1.3  mrg from the options specified on the command line.  The hook should return\n\
   6457   1.3  mrg @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
   6458   1.3  mrg \n\
   6459   1.3  mrg The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
   6460   1.3  mrg the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
   6461   1.3  mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
   6462   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
   6463   1.1  mrg  default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
   6464   1.1  mrg 
   6465   1.1  mrg /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure.  */
   6466   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6467   1.1  mrg (save,
   6468   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
   6469   1.3  mrg in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
   6470   1.3  mrg options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
   6471   1.3  mrg @xref{Option file format}.",
   6472  1.11  mrg  void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
   6473  1.11  mrg 	struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
   6474   1.1  mrg 
   6475   1.1  mrg /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
   6476   1.1  mrg    structure.  */
   6477   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6478   1.1  mrg (restore,
   6479   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
   6480   1.3  mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
   6481   1.3  mrg function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
   6482  1.11  mrg  void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
   6483  1.11  mrg 	struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   6484   1.3  mrg 
   6485   1.3  mrg /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
   6486   1.3  mrg    streamed in.  */
   6487   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6488   1.3  mrg (post_stream_in,
   6489   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
   6490   1.3  mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
   6491   1.3  mrg LTO bytecode.",
   6492   1.1  mrg  void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   6493   1.1  mrg 
   6494   1.1  mrg /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
   6495   1.1  mrg    structure.  */
   6496   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6497   1.1  mrg (print,
   6498   1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
   6499   1.3  mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
   6500   1.3  mrg function-specific options.",
   6501   1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   6502   1.1  mrg 
   6503   1.1  mrg /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
   6504   1.1  mrg    change the state if the options are valid.  If the first argument is
   6505   1.1  mrg    NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use.  Return
   6506   1.1  mrg    true if the options are valid, and set the current state.  */
   6507   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6508   1.1  mrg (pragma_parse,
   6509   1.3  mrg  "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
   6510   1.3  mrg sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
   6511   1.3  mrg input stream.  The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
   6512   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
   6513   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
   6514   1.1  mrg  default_target_option_pragma_parse)
   6515   1.1  mrg 
   6516   1.1  mrg /* Do option overrides for the target.  */
   6517   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6518   1.1  mrg (override,
   6519   1.3  mrg  "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
   6520   1.3  mrg a particular target machine.  You can override the hook\n\
   6521   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this.  This hooks is called\n\
   6522   1.3  mrg once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
   6523   1.3  mrg \n\
   6524   1.3  mrg Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
   6525   1.3  mrg @option{-O}.  That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
   6526   1.3  mrg \n\
   6527   1.3  mrg If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
   6528   1.3  mrg changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
   6529   1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
   6530   1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   6531   1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   6532   1.1  mrg 
   6533   1.1  mrg /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
   6534   1.1  mrg    function.  DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
   6535   1.1  mrg    have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
   6536   1.1  mrg    that is, they are compiled for different target machines.  */
   6537   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6538   1.1  mrg (function_versions,
   6539   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
   6540   1.3  mrg versions of the same function.  @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
   6541   1.3  mrg versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
   6542   1.3  mrg different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
   6543   1.3  mrg different target machines.",
   6544   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
   6545   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
   6546   1.1  mrg 
   6547   1.1  mrg /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function.  */
   6548   1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6549   1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   6550   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6551   1.1  mrg (can_inline_p,
   6552   1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
   6553   1.3  mrg cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information.  By\n\
   6554   1.3  mrg default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
   6555   1.3  mrg specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
   6556   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
   6557   1.1  mrg  default_target_can_inline_p)
   6558   1.1  mrg 
   6559   1.4  mrg DEFHOOK
   6560  1.11  mrg (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
   6561  1.11  mrg  "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
   6562  1.11  mrg record and update some target specific information for inlining.  A typical\n\
   6563  1.11  mrg example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
   6564  1.11  mrg allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
   6565  1.11  mrg attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
   6566  1.11  mrg statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
   6567  1.11  mrg exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
   6568  1.11  mrg allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
   6569  1.11  mrg @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
   6570  1.11  mrg one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
   6571  1.11  mrg @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed.  Return true if target still\n\
   6572  1.11  mrg need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
   6573  1.11  mrg subsequent analysis.\n\
   6574  1.11  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.",
   6575  1.11  mrg  bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
   6576  1.11  mrg  default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
   6577  1.11  mrg 
   6578  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   6579  1.11  mrg (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
   6580  1.11  mrg  "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
   6581  1.11  mrg statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
   6582  1.11  mrg inlining.  See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
   6583  1.11  mrg target specific information.  This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
   6584  1.11  mrg the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
   6585  1.11  mrg @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
   6586  1.11  mrg in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
   6587  1.11  mrg into @var{info} without iterating for some case.  Return true if target\n\
   6588  1.11  mrg decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
   6589  1.11  mrg return false.\n\
   6590  1.11  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.",
   6591  1.11  mrg  bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
   6592  1.11  mrg  default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
   6593  1.11  mrg 
   6594  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   6595   1.4  mrg (relayout_function,
   6596  1.11  mrg "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
   6597  1.11  mrg Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
   6598  1.11  mrg with the attribute target.",
   6599   1.4  mrg  void, (tree fndecl),
   6600   1.4  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   6601   1.4  mrg 
   6602   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
   6603   1.1  mrg 
   6604   1.1  mrg /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
   6605   1.1  mrg    the function, they should define this target hook and set their
   6606   1.1  mrg    bits in the bitmap passed in. */
   6607   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6608   1.1  mrg (extra_live_on_entry,
   6609   1.3  mrg  "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
   6610   1.3  mrg function.  This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
   6611   1.3  mrg cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
   6612   1.3  mrg registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
   6613   1.3  mrg TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
   6614   1.3  mrg FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
   6615   1.1  mrg  void, (bitmap regs),
   6616   1.1  mrg  hook_void_bitmap)
   6617   1.1  mrg 
   6618   1.3  mrg /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
   6619   1.3  mrg    present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
   6620   1.3  mrg    definition.  */
   6621   1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6622   1.3  mrg (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
   6623   1.3  mrg  "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
   6624   1.3  mrg clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
   6625   1.3  mrg That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
   6626   1.8  mrg linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
   6627   1.3  mrg modifiable by the callee.  The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
   6628   1.3  mrg in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
   6629   1.3  mrg The default version of this hook is set to false.  The purpose of this hook\n\
   6630   1.3  mrg is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
   6631   1.3  mrg  bool,
   6632   1.3  mrg  false)
   6633   1.3  mrg 
   6634   1.1  mrg /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset.  */
   6635   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6636   1.1  mrg (set_up_by_prologue,
   6637  1.11  mrg  "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
   6638  1.11  mrg to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
   6639   1.1  mrg  void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
   6640   1.1  mrg  NULL)
   6641   1.1  mrg 
   6642   1.1  mrg /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
   6643   1.1  mrg    function's return statements need checking.  For instance a 'naked'
   6644   1.1  mrg    function attribute.  */
   6645   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6646   1.1  mrg (warn_func_return,
   6647  1.11  mrg  "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
   6648  1.11  mrg the function's return type.  This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
   6649  1.11  mrg of a non-void function.  Return false if no such check should be made.",
   6650   1.1  mrg  bool, (tree),
   6651   1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_true)
   6652   1.1  mrg 
   6653   1.6  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6654   1.6  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
   6655   1.6  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
   6656   1.6  mrg 
   6657   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6658   1.6  mrg (get_separate_components,
   6659   1.6  mrg  "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
   6660   1.6  mrg components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
   6661   1.6  mrg Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
   6662   1.6  mrg shrink-wrapping.\n\
   6663   1.6  mrg Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
   6664   1.6  mrg If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
   6665   1.6  mrg  sbitmap, (void),
   6666   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6667   1.6  mrg 
   6668   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6669   1.6  mrg (components_for_bb,
   6670   1.6  mrg  "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
   6671   1.6  mrg components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
   6672   1.6  mrg the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
   6673   1.6  mrg  sbitmap, (basic_block),
   6674   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6675   1.6  mrg 
   6676   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6677   1.6  mrg (disqualify_components,
   6678   1.6  mrg  "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
   6679   1.6  mrg components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
   6680   1.6  mrg @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
   6681   1.6  mrg epilogue instead.",
   6682   1.6  mrg  void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
   6683   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6684   1.6  mrg 
   6685   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6686   1.6  mrg (emit_prologue_components,
   6687   1.6  mrg  "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
   6688   1.6  mrg  void, (sbitmap),
   6689   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6690   1.6  mrg 
   6691   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6692   1.6  mrg (emit_epilogue_components,
   6693   1.6  mrg  "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
   6694   1.6  mrg  void, (sbitmap),
   6695   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6696   1.6  mrg 
   6697   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6698   1.6  mrg (set_handled_components,
   6699   1.6  mrg  "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
   6700   1.6  mrg @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
   6701   1.6  mrg components.  The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
   6702   1.6  mrg will be deleted after this call.",
   6703   1.6  mrg  void, (sbitmap),
   6704   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   6705   1.6  mrg 
   6706   1.6  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
   6707   1.6  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6708   1.6  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   6709   1.6  mrg 
   6710   1.1  mrg /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging.  */
   6711   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6712   1.1  mrg (debug_unwind_info,
   6713   1.3  mrg  "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
   6714   1.3  mrg unwind information to the debugger.  Normally the hook will return\n\
   6715   1.3  mrg @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
   6716   1.3  mrg return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
   6717   1.3  mrg \n\
   6718   1.3  mrg A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
   6719   1.3  mrg is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
   6720   1.3  mrg \n\
   6721   1.3  mrg A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
   6722   1.3  mrg This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
   6723   1.1  mrg  enum unwind_info_type, (void),
   6724   1.1  mrg  default_debug_unwind_info)
   6725   1.1  mrg 
   6726   1.7  mrg DEFHOOK
   6727  1.11  mrg (reset_location_view,
   6728  1.11  mrg  "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
   6729   1.7  mrg uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
   6730   1.7  mrg length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
   6731   1.7  mrg cannot be taken for granted.\n\
   6732   1.7  mrg \n\
   6733   1.7  mrg If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
   6734   1.7  mrg the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
   6735   1.7  mrg safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
   6736   1.7  mrg definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
   6737   1.7  mrg be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
   6738   1.7  mrg \n\
   6739   1.7  mrg If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
   6740   1.7  mrg @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
   6741   1.7  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
   6742   1.7  mrg 
   6743   1.1  mrg /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
   6744   1.1  mrg    defined at this time.  */
   6745   1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   6746   1.1  mrg (canonicalize_comparison,
   6747   1.3  mrg  "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
   6748   1.3  mrg convert an invalid comparison into a valid one.  For example, the Alpha\n\
   6749   1.3  mrg does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
   6750   1.3  mrg comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
   6751   1.3  mrg \n\
   6752   1.3  mrg On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
   6753   1.3  mrg @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
   6754   1.3  mrg are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively.  If\n\
   6755   1.3  mrg @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
   6756   1.3  mrg allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
   6757   1.3  mrg in RTXs which aren't comparisons.  E.g. the implementation is not\n\
   6758   1.3  mrg allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
   6759   1.3  mrg \n\
   6760   1.3  mrg GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
   6761   1.3  mrg valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
   6762   1.3  mrg @file{md} file.\n\
   6763   1.3  mrg \n\
   6764   1.3  mrg You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
   6765   1.3  mrg comparison code or operands.",
   6766   1.1  mrg  void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
   6767   1.1  mrg  default_canonicalize_comparison)
   6768   1.1  mrg 
   6769   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   6770   1.6  mrg (min_arithmetic_precision,
   6771   1.6  mrg  "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
   6772   1.6  mrg maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
   6773   1.6  mrg arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
   6774   1.6  mrg \n\
   6775   1.6  mrg On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
   6776   1.6  mrg using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
   6777   1.6  mrg of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
   6778   1.6  mrg \n\
   6779   1.6  mrg More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
   6780   1.6  mrg compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
   6781   1.6  mrg with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
   6782   1.6  mrg \n\
   6783   1.6  mrg You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
   6784   1.6  mrg defined to 1.",
   6785   1.6  mrg  unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
   6786   1.6  mrg 
   6787   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6788   1.1  mrg (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
   6789  1.11  mrg  "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
   6790  1.11  mrg @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
   6791  1.11  mrg @code{bool} @code{true}.",
   6792   1.1  mrg  unsigned char, 1)
   6793   1.3  mrg 
   6794   1.3  mrg /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
   6795   1.3  mrg    type which maps to machine MODE.  This allows alignment to be overridden
   6796   1.3  mrg    as needed.  */
   6797   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6798   1.3  mrg (atomic_align_for_mode,
   6799  1.11  mrg "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
   6800  1.11  mrg atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}.  If 0 is returned then the\n\
   6801  1.11  mrg default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
   6802   1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
   6803   1.3  mrg  hook_uint_mode_0)
   6804   1.3  mrg 
   6805   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6806   1.3  mrg (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
   6807  1.11  mrg "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
   6808  1.11  mrg exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
   6809  1.11  mrg whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
   6810  1.11  mrg This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
   6811  1.11  mrg @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
   6812  1.11  mrg appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence.  This hook should\n\
   6813  1.11  mrg set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
   6814  1.11  mrg @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
   6815  1.11  mrg the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
   6816  1.11  mrg equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}.  The three expressions are\n\
   6817  1.11  mrg @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
   6818  1.11  mrg if no code is required in a particular place.  The default implementation\n\
   6819  1.11  mrg leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}.  The\n\
   6820  1.11  mrg @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
   6821  1.11  mrg as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
   6822   1.3  mrg  void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
   6823   1.3  mrg  default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
   6824   1.3  mrg 
   6825   1.1  mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
   6826   1.1  mrg 
   6827   1.1  mrg /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
   6828   1.1  mrg    and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space.  */
   6829   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6830   1.1  mrg (have_switchable_bss_sections,
   6831   1.3  mrg  "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
   6832   1.3  mrg section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
   6833   1.3  mrg This is true on most ELF targets.",
   6834   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6835   1.1  mrg 
   6836   1.1  mrg /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
   6837   1.1  mrg    false if we're using collect2 for the job.  */
   6838   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6839   1.1  mrg (have_ctors_dtors,
   6840   1.3  mrg  "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
   6841   1.3  mrg collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
   6842   1.3  mrg It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
   6843   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6844   1.1  mrg 
   6845   1.9  mrg /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit.  */
   6846   1.9  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6847   1.9  mrg (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
   6848   1.9  mrg  "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
   6849   1.9  mrg run from __cxa_atexit.  If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
   6850   1.9  mrg a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
   6851   1.9  mrg level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
   6852   1.9  mrg It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
   6853   1.9  mrg  bool, false)
   6854   1.9  mrg 
   6855   1.1  mrg /* True if thread-local storage is supported.  */
   6856   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6857   1.1  mrg (have_tls,
   6858   1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
   6859   1.3  mrg The default value is false.",
   6860   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6861   1.1  mrg 
   6862   1.1  mrg /* True if a small readonly data section is supported.  */
   6863   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6864   1.1  mrg (have_srodata_section,
   6865   1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
   6866   1.3  mrg ``small data'' into a separate section.  The default value is false.",
   6867   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6868   1.1  mrg 
   6869   1.1  mrg /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated.  */
   6870   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6871   1.1  mrg (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
   6872   1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
   6873   1.3  mrg end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
   6874   1.3  mrg Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
   6875   1.3  mrg true otherwise.",
   6876   1.1  mrg  bool, true)
   6877   1.1  mrg 
   6878   1.1  mrg /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output.  */
   6879   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6880   1.1  mrg (asm_file_start_app_off,
   6881   1.3  mrg  "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
   6882   1.3  mrg printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
   6883   1.3  mrg @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect.  (If that macro has been defined\n\
   6884   1.3  mrg to the empty string, this variable has no effect.)  With the normal\n\
   6885   1.3  mrg definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
   6886   1.3  mrg assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
   6887   1.3  mrg whitespace from its input.  This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
   6888   1.3  mrg \n\
   6889   1.3  mrg The default is false.  You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
   6890   1.3  mrg verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
   6891   1.3  mrg comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
   6892   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6893   1.1  mrg 
   6894   1.1  mrg /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
   6895   1.1  mrg    at the beginning of assembly output.  */
   6896   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6897   1.1  mrg (asm_file_start_file_directive,
   6898   1.3  mrg  "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
   6899   1.3  mrg for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
   6900   1.3  mrg @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled).  Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
   6901   1.3  mrg this to be done.  The default is false.",
   6902   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6903   1.1  mrg 
   6904   1.1  mrg /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
   6905   1.1  mrg    ARM EABI.  The effects the encoding of function exception specifications.  */
   6906   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6907   1.1  mrg (arm_eabi_unwinder,
   6908   1.3  mrg  "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
   6909   1.3  mrg based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets.  This effects\n\
   6910   1.3  mrg the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
   6911   1.3  mrg running a cleanup.  The default is @code{false}.",
   6912   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6913   1.1  mrg 
   6914   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6915   1.1  mrg (want_debug_pub_sections,
   6916  1.11  mrg  "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
   6917  1.11  mrg should be emitted.  These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
   6918  1.11  mrg in particular GDB does not use them.",
   6919   1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   6920   1.1  mrg 
   6921   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6922  1.11  mrg (delay_sched2,
   6923  1.11  mrg  "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
   6924   1.1  mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
   6925   1.1  mrg bool, false)
   6926   1.1  mrg 
   6927   1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6928  1.11  mrg (delay_vartrack,
   6929  1.11  mrg  "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
   6930   1.1  mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
   6931   1.1  mrg bool, false)
   6932   1.1  mrg 
   6933   1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   6934  1.11  mrg (no_register_allocation,
   6935  1.11  mrg  "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
   6936   1.3  mrg following it should not be run.  Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
   6937   1.3  mrg targets.",
   6938   1.3  mrg bool, false)
   6939   1.3  mrg 
   6940   1.1  mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
   6941   1.1  mrg 
   6942   1.3  mrg /* Functions related to mode switching.  */
   6943   1.3  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   6944   1.3  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
   6945   1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
   6946   1.3  mrg 
   6947   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6948   1.3  mrg (emit,
   6949  1.11  mrg  "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
   6950  1.11  mrg @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
   6951  1.11  mrg the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
   6952  1.11  mrg to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
   6953  1.11  mrg sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
   6954   1.3  mrg  void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
   6955   1.3  mrg 
   6956   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6957   1.3  mrg (needed,
   6958  1.11  mrg  "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
   6959  1.11  mrg If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
   6960  1.11  mrg to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
   6961  1.11  mrg in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
   6962  1.11  mrg must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
   6963   1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   6964   1.3  mrg 
   6965   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6966   1.3  mrg (after,
   6967  1.11  mrg  "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
   6968  1.11  mrg If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
   6969  1.11  mrg switching.  It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
   6970  1.11  mrg in (if different from the incoming mode).",
   6971   1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   6972   1.3  mrg 
   6973   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6974   1.3  mrg (entry,
   6975  1.11  mrg  "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
   6976  1.11  mrg needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
   6977  1.11  mrg that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
   6978  1.11  mrg If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
   6979  1.11  mrg must be defined.",
   6980   1.3  mrg  int, (int entity), NULL)
   6981   1.3  mrg 
   6982   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6983   1.3  mrg (exit,
   6984  1.11  mrg  "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
   6985  1.11  mrg needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
   6986  1.11  mrg that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
   6987  1.11  mrg If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
   6988  1.11  mrg must be defined.",
   6989   1.3  mrg  int, (int entity), NULL)
   6990   1.3  mrg 
   6991   1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   6992   1.3  mrg (priority,
   6993  1.11  mrg  "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
   6994  1.11  mrg are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
   6995  1.11  mrg @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
   6996  1.11  mrg The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
   6997  1.11  mrg for @var{entity}.  For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
   6998  1.11  mrg (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
   6999  1.11  mrg @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
   7000   1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
   7001   1.3  mrg 
   7002   1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
   7003   1.3  mrg 
   7004   1.4  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   7005  1.11  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
   7006  1.11  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
   7007  1.11  mrg 
   7008  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7009  1.11  mrg (can_tag_addresses,
   7010  1.11  mrg  "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
   7011  1.11  mrg of pointers.  This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
   7012  1.11  mrg work.\n\
   7013  1.11  mrg \n\
   7014  1.11  mrg At preset, this feature does not support address spaces.  It also requires\n\
   7015  1.11  mrg @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
   7016  1.11  mrg  bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
   7017  1.11  mrg 
   7018  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7019  1.11  mrg (tag_size,
   7020  1.11  mrg  "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
   7021  1.11  mrg \n\
   7022  1.11  mrg The default returns 8.",
   7023  1.11  mrg   uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
   7024  1.11  mrg 
   7025  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7026  1.11  mrg (granule_size,
   7027  1.11  mrg  "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
   7028  1.11  mrg I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
   7029  1.11  mrg return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
   7030  1.11  mrg @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
   7031  1.11  mrg \n\
   7032  1.11  mrg Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
   7033  1.11  mrg that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
   7034  1.11  mrg the same tag.\n\
   7035  1.11  mrg \n\
   7036  1.11  mrg The default returns 16.",
   7037  1.11  mrg   uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
   7038  1.11  mrg 
   7039  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7040  1.11  mrg (insert_random_tag,
   7041  1.11  mrg  "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
   7042  1.11  mrg (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
   7043  1.11  mrg Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
   7044  1.11  mrg This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
   7045  1.11  mrg   rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
   7046  1.11  mrg 
   7047  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7048  1.11  mrg (add_tag,
   7049  1.11  mrg  "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
   7050  1.11  mrg the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
   7051  1.11  mrg @var{base}.\n\
   7052  1.11  mrg The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
   7053  1.11  mrg put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
   7054  1.11  mrg \n\
   7055  1.11  mrg Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
   7056  1.11  mrg RTL.",
   7057  1.11  mrg   rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
   7058  1.11  mrg   default_memtag_add_tag)
   7059  1.11  mrg 
   7060  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7061  1.11  mrg (set_tag,
   7062  1.11  mrg  "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
   7063  1.11  mrg Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
   7064  1.11  mrg @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
   7065  1.11  mrg The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
   7066  1.11  mrg @var{tag}.",
   7067  1.11  mrg   rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
   7068  1.11  mrg 
   7069  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7070  1.11  mrg (extract_tag,
   7071  1.11  mrg  "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
   7072  1.11  mrg Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
   7073  1.11  mrg The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
   7074  1.11  mrg   rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
   7075  1.11  mrg 
   7076  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7077  1.11  mrg (untagged_pointer,
   7078  1.11  mrg  "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
   7079  1.11  mrg Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
   7080  1.11  mrg The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
   7081  1.11  mrg   rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
   7082  1.11  mrg 
   7083  1.11  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
   7084  1.11  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   7085   1.4  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   7086   1.4  mrg 
   7087   1.4  mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
   7088   1.4  mrg   DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
   7089   1.4  mrg #include "target-insns.def"
   7090   1.4  mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
   7091   1.4  mrg 
   7092   1.4  mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
   7093   1.4  mrg   DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
   7094   1.4  mrg #include "target-insns.def"
   7095   1.4  mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
   7096   1.4  mrg 
   7097   1.4  mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
   7098   1.4  mrg   DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
   7099   1.4  mrg #include "target-insns.def"
   7100   1.4  mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
   7101   1.4  mrg 
   7102   1.6  mrg DEFHOOK
   7103   1.6  mrg (run_target_selftests,
   7104   1.6  mrg  "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
   7105   1.6  mrg  void, (void),
   7106   1.6  mrg  NULL)
   7107   1.6  mrg 
   7108  1.11  mrg DEFHOOK
   7109  1.11  mrg (gcov_type_size,
   7110  1.11  mrg  "Returns the gcov type size in bits.  This type is used for example for\n\
   7111  1.11  mrg counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events.  The default\n\
   7112  1.11  mrg value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\
   7113  1.11  mrg default value is 32.  A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\
   7114  1.11  mrg counters.  If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\
   7115  1.11  mrg counters are incremented using atomic operations.  Targets not supporting\n\
   7116  1.11  mrg 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\
   7117  1.11  mrg type.",
   7118  1.11  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
   7119  1.11  mrg 
   7120  1.11  mrg /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
   7121  1.11  mrg    the target platform.  */
   7122  1.11  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   7123  1.11  mrg (have_shadow_call_stack,
   7124  1.11  mrg  "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
   7125  1.11  mrg @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}.  The default value is false.",
   7126  1.11  mrg  bool, false)
   7127  1.11  mrg 
   7128   1.1  mrg /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition.  */
   7129   1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
   7130   1.3  mrg 
   7131